diff options
92 files changed, 1853 insertions, 2148 deletions
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.pdf Binary files differindex 48bcd348b37..3786ba4a39f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.pdf Binary files differindex 58839db8756..7a6d9e63dd4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3flag.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3flag.pdf Binary files differindex 45893cbfaf5..e7709c5a019 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3flag.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3flag.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.pdf Binary files differindex 7d1eb3d244f..d3f9ce01af2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.pdf Binary files differindex f3963ef30bc..8600e9f5833 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.pdf Binary files differindex 3fa7baa9ca8..03945affdc6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.pdf Binary files differindex 4d5a154cb26..06cb8f92a62 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.pdf Binary files differindex 6dff4edf002..32e7a69e2a4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-analysis.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.pdf Binary files differindex 4aea8a37103..43d2b9dbe0e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.pdf Binary files differindex fc11336eef5..aff1a3dfd68 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xcoffins/xcoffins.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.pdf Binary files differindex 1401845d3c5..8e47ec4cf68 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.pdf Binary files differindex 75c826c159b..5459361e7be 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/xgalley.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf Binary files differindex feee4f9f5f0..901a2238a13 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/expl3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf Binary files differindex d2c03ac72ec..e8d01c41b85 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4c0a2761e92..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/interface3.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,89 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -%% File: interfaces3.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 Project -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -%% of this license is in the file -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. -%% -%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% The development version of the bundle can be found at -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ -%% -%% for those people who are interested. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% NOTE: %% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may -%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask -%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without -%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% \fi - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% This document will typeset the LaTeX3 interface descriptions a single -% document. This will produce quite a large file (more than 170 pages -% currently). -% -% There is also a full version of the sources (source3.tex) which additionally -% also typesets the command implementations. -% -% Do not forget to generate the index (as explained on the terminal output -% near the end of the run)! -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - -\documentclass{l3doc} -\listfiles - -\begin{document} - -\title{The \LaTeX3 Interfaces} -\author{% - The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks - {% - E-mail: - \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} - {latex-team@latex-project.org}% - }% -} - -\pagenumbering{roman} -\maketitle - -% -% First load all modules and typeset the documentation parts -% - -\input{source3body} % all the individual modules - -\clearpage - -\begingroup - \def\endash{--} - \catcode`\-\active - \def-{\futurelet\temp\indexdash} - \def\indexdash{\ifx\temp-\endash\fi} - \DelayPrintIndex -\endgroup - -\end{document} - - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf Binary files differindex e5f095e5de0..0ad6b8c2265 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3docstrip.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf Binary files differindex 7f601c55686..6d788a41a6c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 6a3a9d122e6..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3styleguide.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,242 +0,0 @@ -\iffalse meta-comment - -File l3styleguide.tex Copyright (C) 2011,2012 The LaTeX3 Project - -It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -of this license is in the file - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. - -The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. - -\fi - -\documentclass{l3doc} -\usepackage{svn-multi} - -\svnid{$Id: l3styleguide.tex 2772 2011-09-07 15:07:41Z joseph $} -\def\filedate{\svnfileyear/\svnfilemonth/\svnfileday} - -\title{% - The \LaTeX3 kernel: style guide for code authors% - \thanks - {% - This file describes v\svnfilerev, - last revised \filedate. - }% -} -\author{% - The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks - {% - E-mail: - \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}% - {latex-team@latex-project.org}% - }% -} -\date{Released \filedate} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -\tableofcontents - -\section{Introduction} - -This document is intended as a style guide for authors of code and -documentation for the \LaTeX3 kernel. It covers both aspects of coding -style and the formatting of the sources. The aim of providing these -guidelines is help ensure consistency of the code and sources from -different authors. Experience suggests that in the long-term this helps -with maintenance. There will of course be places where there are -exceptions to these guidelines: common sense should always be -applied! - -\section{Documentation style} - -\LaTeX3 source and documentation should be written using the document -class \cls{l3doc} in \file{dtx} format. This class provides a number -of logical mark up elements, which should be used where possible. -In the main, this is standard \LaTeX{} practice, but there are a -few points to highlight: -\begin{itemize} - \item - Where possible, use \cs{cs} to mark up control sequences - rather than using a verbatim environment. - \item - Arguments which are given in braces should be marked using - \cs{Arg} when code-level functions are discussed, but using - \cs{marg} for document functions. - \item - The names \TeX{}, \LaTeX{}, \emph{etc}.\ use the normal logical mark - up followed by an empty group (|{}|), with the exception of |\LaTeX3|, - where the number should follow directly. - \item - Where in line verbatim text is used, it should be marked up - using the \verb=|...|= construct (\emph{i.e.}~vertical bars delimit - the verbatim text). - \item In line quotes should be marked up using the \cs{enquote} - function. - \item - Where numbers in the source have a mathematical meaning, - they should be included in math mode. Such in-line math mode - material should be marked up using |$...$| and \emph{not} - |\(...\)|. -\end{itemize} - -Line length in the source files should to be under $80$ -characters where possible, as this helps keep everything on the screen -when editing files. In the \file{dtx} format, documentation lines start -with a \texttt{\%}, which is usually followed by a space to leave a -\enquote{comment margin} at the start of each line. - -As with code indenting (see later), nested environments and arguments -should be indented by (at least) two spaces to make the nature of the nesting -clear. Thus for example a typical arrangement for the \env{function} -environment might be -\begin{verbatim*} -\begin{function}{\seq_gclear:N, \seq_gclear:c} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{seq_gclear:N} \meta{sequence} - \end{syntax} - Clears all entries from the \meta{sequence} globally. -\end{function} -\end{verbatim*} -The \enquote{outer} \verb*|% \begin{function}| should have the customary -space after the |%| character at the start of the line. - -In general, a single \env{function} or \env{macro} environment should be -used for a group of closely-related functions, for example argument -specification variants. In such cases, a comma-separated list should be -used, as shown in the preceding example. - -\section{Format of the code itself} - -The requirement for less than $80$ characters per line applies to the code -itself as well as the surrounding documentation. A number of the general -style principals for \LaTeX3 code apply: these are described in the following -paragraph and an example is then given. - -With the exception of simple runs of parameter (|{#1}|, |#1#2|, -\emph{etc.}), everything should divided up using spaces to make the code -more readable. In general, these will be single spaces, but in some -places it makes more sense to align parts of the code to emphasise -similarity. (Tabs should not be used for introducing white space.) - -Each conceptually-separate step in a function should be on a separate -line, to make the meaning clearer. Hence the \texttt{false} branch -in the example uses two lines for the two auxiliary function uses. - -Within the definition, a two-space indent should be used to show each -\enquote{level} of code. Thus in the example \cs{tl_if_empty:nTF} is -indented by two spaces, but the two branches are indented by four -spaces. Within the \texttt{false} branch, the need for multiple lines -means that an additional two-space indent should be used to show that -these lines are all part of the brace group. - -The result of these lay-out conventions is code which will in general -look like the example: -\begin{verbatim*} -\cs_new:Npn \module_foo:nn #1#2 - { - \tl_if_empty:nTF {#1} - { \module_foo_aux:n { X #2 } } - { - \module_foo_aux:nn {#1} {#2} - \module_foo_aux:n {#1#2} - } - } -\end{verbatim*} - -\section{Code conventions} - -All code-level functions should be \enquote{long} if they accept any -arguments, even if it seems \enquote{very unlikely} that a \cs{par} token -will be passed. Thus \cs{cs_new_nopar:Npn} and so forth should only be used -to create functions which accept no arguments at all. - -The expandability of each function should be well-defined. Functions which -cannot be fully expanded must be \texttt{protected}. This means that expandable -functions must themselves only contain expandable material. Functions which -use any non-expandable material must be defined using \cs{cs_new_protected:Npn} -or similar. - -When using \cs{cs_generate_variant:Nn}, group related variants together -to make the pattern clearer. A common example is variants of a function -which has an \texttt{N}-type first argument: -\begin{verbatim} - \cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { NV , No } - \cs_generate_variant:Nn \foo:Nn { c , cV , co } -\end{verbatim} - -There are cases where omitting braces from \texttt{o}-type arguments -is desirable for performance reasons. This should only be done if the -argument is a single token, thus for example -\begin{verbatim} - \tl_set:No \l_some_tl \l_some_other_tl -\end{verbatim} -remains clear and can be used where appropriate. - -\section{Private and internal functions} - -Private functions (those starting \cs{__}) should not be used between modules. -The only exception is where a \enquote{family} of modules share some -\enquote{internal} methods: this happens most obviously in the kernel itself. -Any internal functions or variables \emph{must} be documented in the same way -as public ones. - -The \pkg{l3docstrip} method should be used for internal functions in a module. -This requires a line -\begin{quote} - \ttfamily - \%<@@=\meta{module}> -\end{quote} -at the start of the source (\texttt{.dtx}) file, with internal functions -then written in the form -\begin{verbatim} - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function:nn #1#2 - ... -\end{verbatim} - -\section{Auxiliary functions} - -In general, the team encourage the use of descriptive names in \LaTeX3 code. -Thus many helper functions will have names which describe briefly what they do, -rather than simply indicating that they are auxiliary to some higher-level -function. However, there are places where one or more \texttt{aux} functions -are required. Where possible, these should be differentiated by signature -\begin{verbatim} - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function:nn #1#2 - { - ... - } - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function_aux:nn #1#2 - { - ... - } - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function_aux:w #1#2 \q_stop - { - ... - } -\end{verbatim} -Where more than one auxiliary shares the same signature, the recommended naming -scheme is \texttt{auxi}, \texttt{auxii} and so on. -\begin{verbatim} - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function_auxi:nn #1#2 - { - ... - } - \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_function_auxii:nn #1#2 - { - ... - } -\end{verbatim} -The use of \texttt{aux_i}, \texttt{aux_ii}, \emph{etc.}\ is discouraged as this -conflicts with the convention used by \cs{use_i:nn} and related functions. - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf Binary files differindex 9f23074a46d..bc5f88b549b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 4dfc70e0e97..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/l3syntax-changes.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,110 +0,0 @@ -\iffalse meta-comment - -File l3syntax-changes.tex Copyright (C) 2011-2012 The LaTeX3 Project - -It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -of this license is in the file - - http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt - -This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. - -The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. - -\fi - -\documentclass{l3doc} - -\usepackage{svn-multi} - -\svnid{$Id: l3syntax-changes.tex 4048 2012-08-02 09:49:10Z joseph $} -\def\filedate{\svnfileyear/\svnfilemonth/\svnfileday} - -\title{% - Syntax changes in \LaTeX3 functions - \thanks - {% - This file describes v\svnfilerev, - last revised \filedate. - }% -} -\author{% - The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks - {% - E-mail: - \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org}% - {latex-team@latex-project.org}% - }% -} -\date{Released \filedate} - -\newcommand{\TF}{\textit{(TF)}} - -\begin{document} - -\maketitle - -This file lists functions whose syntax has changed after August 2011, -with an approximate date. - -\section{August 2011} - -\begin{itemize} - \item \cs{tl_if_single:n\TF} recognized any non-zero number of - explicit spaces as \meta{true}, and did not ignore trailing spaces. - Now it is \meta{true} for - \[ - \meta{optional spaces} - \meta{normal token or brace group} - \meta{optional spaces}. - \] - \item \cs{tl_reverse:n} stripped outer braces and lost unprotected spaces. - Now it keeps spaces, leaves unbraced single tokens unbraced, and - braced groups braced. - \item \cs{tl_trim_spaces:n} only removed one leading and trailing space. - Now removes recursively. Also, on the left it used to strip implicit - and explicit spaces with any character code. Now it strips only explicit - space characters $(32,10)$. -\end{itemize} - -\section{September 2011} - -\begin{itemize} -\item clist functions which receive an \texttt{n}-type comma list argument - now trim spaces from each item in the argument. -\end{itemize} - -\section{June 2012} - -\begin{itemize} - \item Access to list functions now indexes from~$1$, not from~$0$. - This applies to multiple choices in the \pkg{l3keys} module and - the \cs{clist_item:Nn}, \cs{seq_item:Nn} and \cs{tl_item:Nn} - functions. - \item \cs{tl_trim_spaces:n} now requires a variable number of - expansions to fully expand, rather than exactly two. Of course, - \texttt{x}-type expansion still correctly evaluates this function. -\end{itemize} - -\section{July 2012} - -\begin{itemize} - \item The \cs{tl_if_head_eq_meaning:nN}, \cs{tl_if_head_eq_catcode:nN} - and \cs{tl_if_head_eq_charcode:nN} conditionals now never match when - their first argument is empty. -\end{itemize} - -\section{August 2012} - -\begin{itemize} - \item \cs{lua_now:x} is now a standard \texttt{x}-type expansion of - \cs{lua_now:n}, which does no expansion. Engine-level expansion is moved - to \cs{lua_now_x:n}, reflecting the fact that this is non-standard in the - same way as for example \cs{str_if_eq_x:nn(TF)}. -\end{itemize} - - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf Binary files differindex 7908abedabe..5c8550ec27d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex deleted file mode 100644 index 22c3c44048d..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,106 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -%% File: source3.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2011 The LaTeX3 Project -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -%% of this license is in the file -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. -%% -%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% The development version of the bundle can be found at -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ -%% -%% for those people who are interested. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% NOTE: %% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may -%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask -%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without -%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% \fi - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% This document will typeset the LaTeX3 sources as a single document. -% This will produce quite a large file (more than 780 pages). -% -% There is also a shorter version (interface3.tex) that only typesets the -% command % interface descriptions. -% -% Do not forget to generate the index (as explained on the terminal output -% near the end of the run)! -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\documentclass{l3doc} -\listfiles - -\begin{document} - -\title{The \LaTeX3 Sources} -\author{% - The \LaTeX3 Project\thanks - {% - E-mail: - \href{mailto:latex-team@latex-project.org} - {latex-team@latex-project.org}% - }% -} - -\pagenumbering{roman} -\maketitle - -% -% First load all modules and typeset the documentation parts -% - -\input{source3body} % all the individual modules - -% -% Now reload all modules and typeset the implementation parts -% - -\part{Implementation} - -\def\maketitle{} -\EnableImplementation -\DisableDocumentation -\DocInputAgain - -\clearpage -\pagestyle{headings} - -% Make TeX shut up. -\hbadness=10000 -\newcount\hbadness -\hfuzz=\maxdimen - -\PrintChanges -\clearpage - -\begingroup - \def\endash{--} - \catcode`\-\active - \def-{\futurelet\temp\indexdash} - \def\indexdash{\ifx\temp-\endash\fi} - - \DelayPrintIndex -\endgroup - -\end{document} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex deleted file mode 100644 index c5dbc33a7b3..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3kernel/source3body.tex +++ /dev/null @@ -1,448 +0,0 @@ -% \iffalse meta-comment -% -%% File: source3body.tex Copyright (C) 1990-2012 The LaTeX3 Project -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -%% of this license is in the file -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. -%% -%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% The development version of the bundle can be found at -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ -%% -%% for those people who are interested. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% NOTE: %% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may -%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask -%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without -%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -% -% \fi - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% This file is used by -% -% source3.tex % documentation including implementation -% -% interface3.tex % only interface documentation -% -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - - -\begin{abstract} - -\setlength\parindent{0pt} -\setlength\parskip{\baselineskip} - -\noindent -This is the reference documentation for the \pkg{expl3} -programming environment. The \pkg{expl3} modules set up an experimental -naming scheme for \LaTeX{} commands, which allow the \LaTeX{} programmer -to systematically name functions and variables, and specify the argument -types of functions. - -The \TeX{} and \eTeX{} primitives are all given a new name according to -these conventions. However, in the main direct use of the primitives is -not required or encouraged: the \pkg{expl3} modules define an -independent low-level \LaTeX3 programming language. - -At present, the \pkg{expl3} modules are designed to be loaded on top of -\LaTeXe{}. In time, a \LaTeX3 format will be produced based on this code. -This allows the code to be used in \LaTeXe{} packages \emph{now} while a -stand-alone \LaTeX3 is developed. - -\begin{bfseries} - While \pkg{expl3} is still experimental, the bundle is now regarded as - broadly stable. The syntax conventions and functions provided are now - ready for wider use. There may still be changes to some functions, but - these will be minor when compared to the scope of \pkg{expl3}. - - New modules will be added to the distributed version of \pkg{expl3} as - they reach maturity. -\end{bfseries} - -\end{abstract} - -\clearpage - -{% - \def\\{:}% fix "newlines" in the ToC - \tableofcontents -} - -\clearpage -\pagenumbering{arabic} - -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -% -% Each of the following \DocInput lines includes a file with extension -% .dtx. Each of these files may be typeset separately. For instance -% pdflatex l3box.dtx -% will typeset the source of the LaTeX3 box commands. If you use the -% Makefile, the index will be generated automatically; e.g., -% make doc F=l3box -% -% If this file is processed, each of these separate dtx files will be -% contained as a part of a single document. -% -%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% - -\makeatletter -\def\partname{Part} -\def\maketitle{\clearpage\part{\@title}} -\let\thanks\@gobble -\let\DelayPrintIndex\PrintIndex -\let\PrintIndex\@empty -\makeatother - -\part{Introduction to \pkg{expl3} and this document} - -This document is intended to act as a comprehensive reference manual -for the \pkg{expl3} language. A general guide to the \LaTeX3 -programming language is found in \href{expl3.pdf}{expl3.pdf}. - -\section{Naming functions and variables} - -\LaTeX3 does not use \texttt{@} as a \enquote{letter} for defining -internal macros. Instead, the symbols |_| and \texttt{:} -are used in internal macro names to provide structure. The name of -each \emph{function} is divided into logical units using \texttt{_}, -while \texttt{:} separates the \emph{name} of the function from the -\emph{argument specifier} (\enquote{arg-spec}). This describes the arguments -expected by the function. In most cases, each argument is represented -by a single letter. The complete list of arg-spec letters for a function -is referred to as the \emph{signature} of the function. - -Each function name starts with the \emph{module} to which it belongs. -Thus apart from a small number of very basic functions, all \pkg{expl3} -function names contain at least one underscore to divide the module -name from the descriptive name of the function. For example, all -functions concerned with comma lists are in module \texttt{clist} and -begin \cs{clist_}. - -Every function must include an argument specifier. For functions which -take no arguments, this will be blank and the function name will end -\texttt{:}. Most functions take one or more arguments, and use the -following argument specifiers: -\begin{description} - \item[\texttt{D}] The \texttt{D} specifier means \emph{do not use}. - All of the \TeX{} primitives are initially \cs{let} to a \texttt{D} - name, and some are then given a second name. Only the kernel - team should use anything with a \texttt{D} specifier! - \item[\texttt{N} and \texttt{n}] These mean \emph{no manipulation}, - of a single token for \texttt{N} and of a set of tokens given in - braces for \texttt{n}. Both pass the argument through exactly as - given. Usually, if you use a single token for an \texttt{n} argument, - all will be well. - \item[\texttt{c}] This means \emph{csname}, and indicates that the - argument will be turned into a csname before being used. So - So \cs{foo:c} |{ArgumentOne}| will act in the same way as \cs{foo:N} - \cs{ArgumentOne}. - \item[\texttt{V} and \texttt{v}] These mean \emph{value - of variable}. The \texttt{V} and \texttt{v} specifiers are used to - get the content of a variable without needing to worry about the - underlying \TeX{} structure containing the data. A \texttt{V} - argument will be a single token (similar to \texttt{N}), for example - \cs{foo:V} \cs{MyVariable}; on the other hand, using \texttt{v} a - csname is constructed first, and then the value is recovered, for - example \cs{foo:v} |{MyVariable}|. - \item[\texttt{o}] This means \emph{expansion once}. In general, the - \texttt{V} and \texttt{v} specifiers are favoured over \texttt{o} - for recovering stored information. However, \texttt{o} is useful - for correctly processing information with delimited arguments. - \item[\texttt{x}] The \texttt{x} specifier stands for \emph{exhaustive - expansion}: every token in the argument is fully expanded until only - unexpandable ones remain. The \TeX{} \tn{edef} primitive carries out - this type of expansion. Functions which feature an \texttt{x}-type - argument are in general \emph{not} expandable, unless specifically - noted. - \item[\texttt{f}] The \texttt{f} specifier stands for \emph{full - expansion}, and in contrast to \texttt{x} stops at the first - non-expandable item (reading the argument from left to right) without - trying to expand it. For example, when setting a token list - variable (a macro used for storage), the sequence - \begin{verbatim} - \tl_set:Nn \l_mya_tl { A } - \tl_set:Nn \l_myb_tl { B } - \tl_set:Nf \l_mya_tl { \l_mya_tl \l_myb_tl } - \end{verbatim} - will leave |\l_mya_tl| with the content |A\l_myb_tl|, as |A| cannot - be expanded and so terminates expansion before |\l_myb_tl| is considered. - \item[\texttt{T} and \texttt{F}] For logic tests, there are the branch - specifiers \texttt{T} (\emph{true}) and \texttt{F} (\emph{false}). - Both specifiers treat the input in the same way as \texttt{n} (no - change), but make the logic much easier to see. - \item[\texttt{p}] The letter \texttt{p} indicates \TeX{} - \emph{parameters}. Normally this will be used for delimited - functions as \pkg{expl3} provides better methods for creating simple - sequential arguments. - \item[\texttt{w}] Finally, there is the \texttt{w} specifier for - \emph{weird} arguments. This covers everything else, but mainly - applies to delimited values (where the argument must be terminated - by some arbitrary string). -\end{description} -Notice that the argument specifier describes how the argument is -processed prior to being passed to the underlying function. For example, -\cs{foo:c} will take its argument, convert it to a control sequence and -pass it to \cs{foo:N}. - -Variables are named in a similar manner to functions, but begin with -a single letter to define the type of variable: -\begin{description} - \item[\texttt{c}] Constant: global parameters whose value should not - be changed. - \item[\texttt{g}] Parameters whose value should only be set globally. - \item[\texttt{l}] Parameters whose value should only be set locally. -\end{description} -Each variable name is then build up in a similar way to that of a -function, typically starting with the module\footnote{The module names are - not used in case of generic scratch registers defined in the data - type modules, e.g., the - \texttt{int} module contains some scratch variables called \cs{l_tmpa_int}, - \cs{l_tmpb_int}, and so on. In such a case adding the module name up front - to denote the module - and in the back to indicate the type, as in - \cs{l_int_tmpa_int} would be very unreadable.} name -and then a descriptive part. -Variables end with a short identifier to show the variable type: -\begin{description} - \item[\texttt{bool}] Either true or false. - \item[\texttt{box}] Box register. - \item[\texttt{clist}] Comma separated list. - \item[\texttt{coffin}] a \enquote{box with handles} --- a higher-level data - type for carrying out |box| alignment operations. - \item[\texttt{dim}] \enquote{Rigid} lengths. - \item[\texttt{fp}] floating-point values; - \item[\texttt{int}] Integer-valued count register. - \item[\texttt{prop}] Property list. - \item[\texttt{seq}] \enquote{Sequence}: a data-type used to implement lists - (with access at both ends) and stacks. - \item[\texttt{skip}] \enquote{Rubber} lengths. - \item[\texttt{stream}] An input or output stream (for reading from or - writing to, respectively). - \item[\texttt{tl}] Token list variables: placeholder for a token list. -\end{description} - -\subsection{Terminological inexactitude} - -A word of warning. In this document, and others referring to the \pkg{expl3} -programming modules, we often refer to \enquote{variables} and -\enquote{functions} as if they -were actual constructs from a real programming language. In truth, \TeX{} -is a macro processor, and functions are simply macros that may or may not take -arguments and expand to their replacement text. Many of the common variables -are \emph{also} macros, and if placed into the input stream will simply expand -to their definition as well~--- a \enquote{function} with no arguments and a -\enquote{token list variable} are in truth one and the same. On the other -hand, some \enquote{variables} are actually registers that must be -initialised and their values set and retrieved with specific functions. - -The conventions of the \pkg{expl3} code are designed to clearly separate the -ideas of \enquote{macros that contain data} and -\enquote{macros that contain code}, and a -consistent wrapper is applied to all forms of \enquote{data} whether they be -macros or -actually registers. This means that sometimes we will use phrases like -\enquote{the function returns a value}, when actually we just mean -\enquote{the macro expands to something}. Similarly, the term -\enquote{execute} might be used in place of \enquote{expand} -or it might refer to the more specific case of -\enquote{processing in \TeX's stomach} -(if you are familiar with the \TeX{}book parlance). - -If in doubt, please ask; chances are we've been hasty in writing certain -definitions and need to be told to tighten up our terminology. - -\section{Documentation conventions} - -This document is typeset with the experimental \pkg{l3doc} class; -several conventions are used to help describe the features of the code. -A number of conventions are used here to make the documentation clearer. - -Each group of related functions is given in a box. For a function with -a \enquote{user} name, this might read: -\begin{function}{\ExplSyntaxOn, \ExplSyntaxOff} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{ExplSyntaxOn} \dots{} \cs{ExplSyntaxOff} - \end{syntax} - The textual description of how the function works would appear here. The - syntax of the function is shown in mono-spaced text to the right of - the box. In this example, the function takes no arguments and so the - name of the function is simply reprinted. -\end{function} - -For programming functions, which use \texttt{_} and \texttt{:} in their name -there are a few additional conventions: If two related functions are given -with identical names but different argument specifiers, these are termed -\emph{variants} of each other, and the latter functions are printed in grey to -show this more clearly. They will carry out the same function but will take -different types of argument: -\begin{function}{\seq_new:N, \seq_new:c} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{seq_new:N} \meta{sequence} - \end{syntax} - When a number of variants are described, the arguments are usually - illustrated only for the base function. Here, \meta{sequence} indicates - that \cs{seq_new:N} expects the name of a sequence. From the argument - specifier, \cs{seq_new:c} also expects a sequence name, but as a - name rather than as a control sequence. Each argument given in the - illustration should be described in the following text. -\end{function} - -\paragraph{Fully expandable functions} -\hypertarget{expstar}{Some functions are fully expandable}, -which allows it to be used within -an \texttt{x}-type argument (in plain \TeX{} terms, inside an \cs{edef}), -as well as within an \texttt{f}-type argument. -These fully expandable functions are indicated in the documentation by -a star: -\begin{function}[EXP]{\cs_to_str:N} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{cs_to_str:N} \meta{cs} - \end{syntax} - As with other functions, some text should follow which explains how - the function works. Usually, only the star will indicate that the - function is expandable. In this case, the function expects a \meta{cs}, - shorthand for a \meta{control sequence}. -\end{function} - -\paragraph{Restricted expandable functions} -\hypertarget{rexpstar}{A few functions are fully expandable} but cannot be fully expanded within -an \texttt{f}-type argument. In this case a hollow star is used to indicate -this: -\begin{function}[rEXP]{\seq_map_function:NN} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{seq_map_function:NN} \meta{seq} \meta{function} - \end{syntax} -\end{function} - -\paragraph{Conditional functions} -\hypertarget{explTF}{Conditional (\texttt{if}) functions} -are normally defined in three variants, with -\texttt{T}, \texttt{F} and \texttt{TF} argument specifiers. This allows -them to be used for different \enquote{true}/\enquote{false} branches, -depending on -which outcome the conditional is being used to test. To indicate this -without repetition, this information is given in a shortened form: -\begin{function}[EXP,TF]{\xetex_if_engine:} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{xetex_if_engine:TF} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code} - \end{syntax} - The underlining and italic of \texttt{TF} indicates that - \cs{xetex_if_engine:T}, \cs{xetex_if_engine:F} and - \cs{xetex_if_engine:TF} are all available. Usually, the illustration - will use the \texttt{TF} variant, and so both \meta{true code} - and \meta{false code} will be shown. The two variant forms \texttt{T} and - \texttt{F} take only \meta{true code} and \meta{false code}, respectively. - Here, the star also shows that this function is expandable. - With some minor exceptions, \emph{all} conditional functions in the - \pkg{expl3} modules should be defined in this way. -\end{function} - -Variables, constants and so on are described in a similar manner: -\begin{variable}{\l_tmpa_tl} - A short piece of text will describe the variable: there is no - syntax illustration in this case. -\end{variable} - -In some cases, the function is similar to one in \LaTeXe{} or plain \TeX{}. -In these cases, the text will include an extra \enquote{\textbf{\TeX{}hackers -note}} section: -\begin{function}[EXP]{\token_to_str:N} - \begin{syntax} - \cs{token_to_str:N} \meta{token} - \end{syntax} - The normal description text. - \begin{texnote} - Detail for the experienced \TeX{} or \LaTeXe\ programmer. In this - case, it would point out that this function is the \TeX{} primitive - \cs{string}. - \end{texnote} -\end{function} - -\section{Formal language conventions which apply generally} - -As this is a formal reference guide for \LaTeX3 programming, the descriptions -of functions are intended to be reasonably \enquote{complete}. However, there -is also a need to avoid repetition. Formal ideas which apply to general -classes of function are therefore summarised here. - -For tests which have a \texttt{TF} argument specification, the test if -evaluated to give a logically \texttt{TRUE} or \texttt{FALSE} result. -Depending on this result, either the \meta{true code} or the \meta{false code} -will be left in the input stream. In the case where the test is expandable, -and a predicate (|_p|) variant is available, the logical value determined by -the test is left in the input stream: this will typically be part of a larger -logical construct. - -\section{\TeX{} concepts not supported by \LaTeX3{}} - -The \TeX{} concept of an \enquote{\cs{outer}} macro is \emph{not supported} -at all by \LaTeX3{}. As such, the functions provided here may break when -used on top of \LaTeXe{} if \cs{outer} tokens are used in the arguments. - -\DisableImplementation - -\DocInput{l3bootstrap.dtx} -\DocInput{l3names.dtx} -\DocInput{l3basics.dtx} -\DocInput{l3expan.dtx} -\DocInput{l3prg.dtx} -\DocInput{l3quark.dtx} -\DocInput{l3token.dtx} -\DocInput{l3int.dtx} -\DocInput{l3skip.dtx} -\DocInput{l3tl.dtx} -\DocInput{l3seq.dtx} -\DocInput{l3clist.dtx} -\DocInput{l3prop.dtx} -\DocInput{l3box.dtx} -\DocInput{l3coffins.dtx} -\DocInput{l3color.dtx} -\DocInput{l3msg.dtx} -\DocInput{l3keys.dtx} -\DocInput{l3file.dtx} -\DocInput{l3fp.dtx} -% To get the various submodules of l3fp to appear in the implementation -% part only, they have to be added to the documentation list after typesetting -% the 'user' part just for the main module. -\ExplSyntaxOn -\clist_gput_right:Nn \g_docinput_clist - { - l3fp-aux.dtx , - l3fp-traps.dtx , - l3fp-round.dtx , - l3fp-parse.dtx , - l3fp-logic.dtx , - l3fp-basics.dtx , - l3fp-extended.dtx , - l3fp-expo.dtx , - l3fp-trig.dtx , - l3fp-convert.dtx , - l3fp-assign.dtx , - l3fp-old.dtx , - } -\ExplSyntaxOff -\DocInput{l3luatex.dtx} - -\DocInput{l3candidates.dtx} - -\endinput diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf Binary files differindex 8874180a75c..59c9f4f46f0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf Binary files differindex af8bac1e2ac..16a718576c1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xfrac/xfrac.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf Binary files differindex 9763d473dec..e6c5670bb46 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf Binary files differindex fa4a5766134..93c882f59ff 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.pdf diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist b/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist deleted file mode 100644 index 781c87e50f2..00000000000 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/makeindex/l3kernel/l3doc.ist +++ /dev/null @@ -1,72 +0,0 @@ -%% -%% This is file `l3doc.ist', -%% generated with the docstrip utility. -%% -%% The original source files were: -%% -%% l3doc.dtx (with options: `docist') -%% -%% -%% EXPERIMENTAL CODE -%% -%% Do not distribute this file without also distributing the -%% source files specified above. -%% -%% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. -%% -%% -%% File: l3doc.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2012 The LaTeX3 project -%% -%% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the -%% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this -%% license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version -%% of this license is in the file -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt -%% -%% This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) -%% and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. -%% -%% The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -%% -%% The development version of the bundle can be found at -%% -%% http://www.latex-project.org/svnroot/experimental/trunk/ -%% -%% for those people who are interested. -%% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% NOTE: %% -%%%%%%%%%%% -%% -%% Snapshots taken from the repository represent work in progress and may -%% not work or may contain conflicting material! We therefore ask -%% people _not_ to put them into distributions, archives, etc. without -%% prior consultation with the LaTeX3 Project. -%% -%% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -actual '=' -quote '!' -level '#' -preamble -"\n \\begin{theindex} \n \\makeatletter\\scan@allowedfalse\n" -postamble -"\n\n \\end{theindex}\n" -item_x1 "\\efill \n \\subitem " -item_x2 "\\efill \n \\subsubitem " -delim_0 "\\pfill " -delim_1 "\\pfill " -delim_2 "\\pfill " -lethead_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil " -lethead_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n" -lethead_flag 1 -heading_prefix "{\\bfseries\\hfil " -heading_suffix "\\hfil}\\nopagebreak\n" -headings_flag 1 - -page_precedence "rnaA" -%% -%% -%% End of file `l3doc.ist'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.dtx index 63a3218f06a..36454f14c49 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3dt.dtx 4420 2013-01-08 20:00:04Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3dt.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental data tables} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ % \cs{dt_add_row:N} \meta{dt} % \end{syntax} % Adds a new row to the \meta{data table}. This will initially contain -% no entries: all keys will be be blank. +% no entries: all keys will be blank. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{\dt_put:Nnn, \dt_gput:Nnn} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.dtx index 1b3ac4d507a..b73a9084484 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3sort.dtx 4339 2012-11-24 19:16:43Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3sort.dtx 4491 2013-05-12 16:22:18Z bruno $ {L3 Experimental sorting functions} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -143,6 +143,11 @@ % and return \texttt{true} if the two items being compared should be % left in the same order, and \texttt{false} if the items should be % swapped. +% \begin{texnote} +% The result is returned within \cs{exp_not:n}, which means that the +% token list will not expand further when appearing in an +% \texttt{x}-type argument expansion. +% \end{texnote} % \end{function} % % \end{documentation} @@ -233,98 +238,6 @@ % \end{variable} % \end{variable} % -% \subsection{Expandable sorting} -% -% Sorting expandably is very different from sorting and assigning to a -% variable. Since tokens cannot be stored, they must remain in the -% input stream, and be read through at every step. It is thus -% necessarily much slower (at best $O(n^2)$) than non-expandable sorting -% functions. -% -% A prototypical version of expandable quicksort is as follows. If the -% argument has no item, return nothing, otherwise partition, using the -% first item as a pivot (argument |#4| of |\__sort:nnNnn|). The -% arguments of \cs{__sort:nnNnn} are 1.~items less than |#4|, 2.~items -% greater than |#4|, 3.~comparison, 4.~pivot, 5.~next item to test. If -% |#5| is the tail of the list, call \cs{tl_sort:nN} on |#1| and on -% |#2|, placing |#4| in between; |\use:ff| expands the parts to make -% \cs{tl_sort:nN} \texttt{f}-expandable. Otherwise, compare |#4| and -% |#5| using |#3|. If they are ordered, place |#5| amongst the -% \enquote{greater} items, otherwise amongst the \enquote{lesser} items, -% and continue partitioning. -% \begin{verbatim} -% \cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 -% { -% \tl_if_blank:nF {#1} -% { -% \__sort:nnNnn { } { } #2 -% #1 \q_recursion_tail \q_recursion_stop -% } -% } -% \cs_new:Npn \__sort:nnNnn #1#2#3#4#5 -% { -% \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop_do:nn {#5} -% { \use:ff { \tl_sort:nN {#1} #3 {#4} } { \tl_sort:nN {#2} #3 } } -% #3 {#4} {#5} -% { \__sort:nnNnn {#1} { #2 {#5} } #3 {#4} } -% { \__sort:nnNnn { #1 {#5} } {#2} #3 {#4} } -% } -% \cs_generate_variant:Nn \use:nn { ff } -% \end{verbatim} -% There are quite a few optimizations available here: the code below is -% less legible, but twice as fast. -% -% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\tl_sort:nN} -% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] -% { -% \@@_quick:nNn, \@@_quick:wn, -% \@@_quick:nnNnn, \@@_quick:nnNnwn -% } -% The \cs{@@_quick:nNn} function sorts |#1| using the comparison -% |#2|, then places its third argument (\meta{continuation}) before -% the result. This essentially avoids the rather slow \cs{use:ff}. -% First test if |#1| is blank: if it is, \cs{use_none:n} eats the -% break point, and \cs{@@_quick:wn} removes all until the ending -% break point, unbracing the \meta{continuation}. If it is not blank, -% \cs{@@_quick:wn} simply removes the end of that test until the -% break point. The third auxiliary plays the role of |\__sort:nnNnn| -% above, with an end-test replaced by \cs{__prg_break:}, which skips -% to the break point two lines later, unless |#5| is itself a break -% point. In that case, \cs{@@_quick:nnNnwn} calls the first -% auxiliary, which sorts |#2| and places another call to itself before -% the result. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 { \@@_quick:nNn {#1} #2 { } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_quick:nNn #1#2 - { - \exp_after:wN \@@_quick:wn - \use_none:n #1 \__prg_break_point: - \@@_quick:nnNnn { } { } #2 - #1 - { \__prg_break_point: } - \__prg_break_point: - } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_quick:wn #1 \__prg_break_point: #2 {#2} -\cs_new:Npn \@@_quick:nnNnn #1#2#3#4#5 - { - \__prg_break: #5 - \@@_quick:nnNnwn {#1} {#2} - \__prg_break_point: - #3 {#4} {#5} - { \@@_quick:nnNnn {#1} { #2 {#5} } } - { \@@_quick:nnNnn { #1 {#5} } {#2} } - #3 {#4} - } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_quick:nnNnwn - #1#2 \__prg_break_point: #3#4 #5 \__prg_break_point: #6 - { - \@@_quick:nNn {#2} #3 - { \@@_quick:nNn {#1} #3 {#6} {#4} } - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% % \subsection{Protected user commands} % % \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_main:NNNnNn} @@ -412,7 +325,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\clist_sort:Nn, \clist_gsort:Nn} -% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_sort:NNn} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_clist:NNn} % The case of empty comma-lists is a little bit special as usual, % and filtered out: there is nothing to sort in that case. % Otherwise, the input is done with \cs{clist_map_inline:Nn}, @@ -426,10 +339,10 @@ % once to unpack the register. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \clist_sort:Nn - { \@@_sort:NNn \tl_set:Nn } + { \@@_clist:NNn \tl_set:Nn } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \clist_gsort:Nn - { \@@_sort:NNn \tl_gset:Nn } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_sort:NNn #1#2#3 + { \@@_clist:NNn \tl_gset:Nn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_clist:NNn #1#2#3 { \clist_if_empty:NF #2 { @@ -607,7 +520,7 @@ % then the next item to add to the merger is the first % argument, contents of the \tn{toks} register $A$. % Then shift the pointers $A$ and $B$ to the left, and -% go for one more step fo the merger, unless the left +% go for one more step for the merger, unless the left % block was exhausted ($A$ goes below the threshold). % In that case, all remaining \tn{toks} registers in % the second block, indexed by $C$, should be copied @@ -646,6 +559,323 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \subsection{Expandable sorting} +% +% Sorting expandably is very different from sorting and assigning to a +% variable. Since tokens cannot be stored, they must remain in the +% input stream, and be read through at every step. It is thus +% necessarily much slower (at best $O(n^2\ln n)$) than non-expandable +% sorting functions ($O(n\ln n)$). +% +% A prototypical version of expandable quicksort is as follows. If the +% argument has no item, return nothing, otherwise partition, using the +% first item as a pivot (argument |#4| of |\__sort:nnNnn|). The +% arguments of |\__sort:nnNnn| are 1.~items less than |#4|, 2.~items +% greater or equal to |#4|, 3.~comparison, 4.~pivot, 5.~next item to +% test. If |#5| is the tail of the list, call \cs{tl_sort:nN} on |#1| +% and on |#2|, placing |#4| in between; |\use:ff| expands the parts to +% make \cs{tl_sort:nN} \texttt{f}-expandable. Otherwise, compare |#4| +% and |#5| using |#3|. If they are ordered, place |#5| amongst the +% \enquote{greater} items, otherwise amongst the \enquote{lesser} items, +% and continue partitioning. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 +% { +% \tl_if_blank:nF {#1} +% { +% \__sort:nnNnn { } { } #2 +% #1 \q_recursion_tail \q_recursion_stop +% } +% } +% \cs_new:Npn \__sort:nnNnn #1#2#3#4#5 +% { +% \quark_if_recursion_tail_stop_do:nn {#5} +% { \use:ff { \tl_sort:nN {#1} #3 {#4} } { \tl_sort:nN {#2} #3 } } +% #3 {#4} {#5} +% { \__sort:nnNnn {#1} { #2 {#5} } #3 {#4} } +% { \__sort:nnNnn { #1 {#5} } {#2} #3 {#4} } +% } +% \cs_generate_variant:Nn \use:nn { ff } +% \end{verbatim} +% There are quite a few optimizations available here: the code below is +% less legible, but more than twice as fast. +% +% In the simple version of the code, |\__sort:nnNnn| is called +% \(O(n\ln n)\) times on average (the number of comparisons required by +% the quicksort algorithm). Hence most of our focus will be on +% optimizing that function. +% +% The first speed up is to avoid testing for the end of the list at +% every call to |\__sort:nnNnn|. For this, the list is prepared by +% changing each \meta{item} of the original token list into +% \meta{command} \Arg{item}, just like sequences are stored. We arrange +% things such that the \meta{command} is the \meta{conditional} provided +% by the user: the loop over the \meta{prepared tokens} then looks like +% \begin{quote} +% \ttfamily +% \cs{cs_new:Npn}~|\__sort_loop:wNn|~\ldots{}~|#6#7|\\ +% ~~|{|\\ +% ~~~~|#6|~\Arg{pivot}~|{#7}|~\meta{loop big}~\meta{loop small}\\ +% ~~~~~~\meta{extra arguments}\\ +% ~~|}|\\ +% |\__sort_loop:wNn|~\ldots{}~\meta{prepared tokens}\\ +% ~~\meta{end-loop}~|{}|~|\q_stop| +% \end{quote} +% In this example, which matches the structure of +% \cs{__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn} and a few other functions below, the +% |\__sort_loop:wNn| auxiliary normally receives the user's +% \meta{conditional} as~|#6| and an \meta{item} as~|#7|. This is +% compared to the \meta{pivot} (the argument~|#5|, not shown here), and +% the \meta{conditional} leaves the \meta{loop big} or \meta{loop small} +% auxiliary, which both have the same form as |\__sort_loop:wNn|, +% receiving the next pair \meta{conditional} \Arg{item} as |#6| +% and~|#7|. At the end, |#6| is the \meta{end-loop} function, which +% terminates the loop. +% +% The second speed up is to minimize the duplicated tokens between the +% \texttt{true} and \texttt{false} branches of the conditional. For +% this, we introduce two versions of |\__sort:nnNnn|, which receive +% the new item as~|#1| and place it either into the list~|#2| of items +% less than the pivot~|#4| or into the list~|#3| of items greater or +% equal to the pivot. +% \begin{verbatim} +% \cs_new:Npn \__sort_i:nnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 +% { +% #5 {#4} {#6} \__sort_ii:nnnnNn \__sort_i:nnnnNn +% {#6} { #2 {#1} } {#3} {#4} +% } +% \cs_new:Npn \__sort_ii:nnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 +% { +% #5 {#4} {#6} \__sort_ii:nnnnNn \__sort_i:nnnnNn +% {#6} {#2} { #3 {#1} } {#4} +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% Note that the two functions have the form of |\__sort_loop:wNn| above, +% receiving as~|#5| the conditional or a function to end the loop. In +% fact, the lists~|#2| and~|#3| must be made of pairs \meta{conditional} +% \Arg{item}, so we have to replace~|{#6}| above by |{|~|#5|~|{#6}|~|}|, +% and |{#1}|~by~|#1|. The actual functions have one more argument, so +% all argument numbers are shifted compared to this code. +% +% The third speed up is to avoid |\use:ff| using a continuation-passing +% style: \cs{__sort_quick_split:NnNn} expects a list followed by +% \cs{q_mark} \Arg{code}, and expands to \meta{code} \meta{sorted list}. +% Sorting the two parts of the list around the pivot is done with +% \begin{quote} +% \ttfamily +% \cs{__sort_quick_split:NnNn} |#2| \ldots{} \cs{q_mark}\\ +% ~~|{|\\ +% ~~~~\cs{__sort_quick_split:NnNn} |#1| \ldots{} \cs{q_mark} \Arg{code}\\ +% ~~~~\Arg{pivot}\\ +% ~~|}| +% \end{quote} +% Items which are larger than the \meta{pivot} are sorted, then placed +% after code that sorts the smaller items, and after the (braced) +% \meta{pivot}. +% +% The fourth speed up is avoid the recursive call to \cs{tl_sort:nN} +% with an empty first argument. For this, we introduce functions +% similar to the |\__sort_i:nnnnNn| of the last example, but aware of +% whether the list of \meta{conditional} \Arg{item} read so far that are +% less than the pivot, and the list of those greater or equal, are empty +% or not: see \cs{__sort_quick_split:NnNn} and functions defined below. +% Knowing whether the lists are empty or not is useless if we do not use +% distinct ending codes as appropriate. The splitting auxiliaries +% communicate to the \meta{end-loop} function (that is initially placed +% after the ``prepared'' list) by placing a specific ending function, +% ignored when looping, but useful at the end. In fact, the +% \meta{end-loop} function does nothing but place the appropriate ending +% function in front of all its arguments. The ending functions take +% care of sorting non-empty sublists, placing the pivot in between, and +% the continuation before. +% +% The final change in fact slows down the code a little, but is required +% to avoid memory issues: schematically, when \TeX{} encounters +% \begin{verbatim} +% \use:n { \use:n { \use:n { ... } ... } ... } +% \end{verbatim} +% the argument of the first \cs{use:n} is not completely read by the +% second \cs{use:n}, hence must remain in memory; then the argument of +% the second \cs{use:n} is not completely read when grabbing the +% argument of the third \cs{use:n}, hence must remain in memory, and so +% on. The memory consumption grows quadratically with the number of +% nested \cs{use:n}. In practice, this means that we must read +% everything until a trailing \cs{q_stop} once in a while, otherwise +% sorting lists of more than a few thousand items would exhaust a +% typical \TeX{}'s memory. +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\tl_sort:nN} +% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP] +% { +% \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn, +% \__sort_quick_prepare_end:NNNnw, +% \__sort_quick_cleanup:w +% } +% The code within the \cs{exp_not:f} sorts the list, leaving in most +% cases a leading \cs{exp_not:f}, which stops the expansion, letting +% the result be return within \cs{exp_not:n}. We filter out the case +% of a list with no item, which would otherwise cause problems. Then +% prepare the token list~|#1| by inserting the conditional~|#2| before +% each item. The \texttt{prepare} auxiliary receives the conditional +% as~|#1|, the prepared token list so far as~|#2|, the next prepared +% item as~|#3|, and the item after that as~|#4|. The loop ends +% when~|#4| contains \cs{__prg_break_point:}, then the +% \texttt{prepare_end} auxiliary finds the prepared token list +% as~|#4|. The scene is then set up for \cs{__sort_quick_split:NnNn}, +% which will sort the prepared list and perform the post action placed +% after \cs{q_mark}, namely removing the trailing \cs{s__stop} and +% \cs{q_stop} and leaving \cs{exp_stop_f:} to stop +% \texttt{f}-expansion. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 + { + \exp_not:f + { + \tl_if_blank:nF {#1} + { + \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #2 { } { } + #1 + { \__prg_break_point: \__sort_quick_prepare_end:NNNnw } + \q_stop + } + } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \__prg_break: #4 \__prg_break_point: + \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #1 { #2 #3 } { #1 {#4} } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_prepare_end:NNNnw #1#2#3#4#5 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #4 \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } + \q_mark { \__sort_quick_cleanup:w \exp_stop_f: } + \s__stop \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_cleanup:w #1 \s__stop \q_stop {#1} +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] +% { +% \__sort_quick_split:NnNn, +% \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn, +% \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn, +% \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn, +% \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn +% } +% The \texttt{only_i}, \texttt{only_ii}, \texttt{split_i} and +% \texttt{split_ii} auxiliaries receive a useless first argument, the +% new item~|#2| (that they append to either one of the next two +% arguments), the list~|#3| of items less than the pivot, bigger +% items~|#4|, the pivot~|#5|, a \meta{function}~|#6|, and an +% item~|#7|. The \meta{function} is the user's \meta{conditional} +% except at the end of the list where it is +% \cs{__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn}. The comparison is applied to the +% \meta{pivot} and the \meta{item}, and calls the \texttt{only_i} or +% \texttt{split_i} auxiliaries if the \meta{item} is smaller, and the +% \texttt{only_ii} or \texttt{split_ii} auxiliaries otherwise. In +% both cases, the next auxiliary goes to work right away, with no +% intermediate expansion that would slow down operations. Note that +% the argument~|#2| left for the next call has the form +% \meta{conditional} \Arg{item}, so that the lists~|#3| and~|#4| keep +% the right form to be fed to the next sorting function. +% The \texttt{split} auxiliary differs from these in that it is +% missing three of the arguments, which would be empty, and its first +% argument is always the user's \meta{conditional} rather than an +% ending function. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 {#2} {#4} \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_single_end:nnnwnw + { #3 {#4} } { } { } {#2} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_only_i_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { #3 #2 } { } {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_only_ii_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { } { #4 #2 } {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { #3 #2 } {#4} {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } {#3} { #4 #2 } {#5} + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] +% { +% \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn, +% \__sort_quick_single_end:nnnwnw, +% \__sort_quick_only_i_end:nnnwnw, +% \__sort_quick_only_ii_end:nnnwnw, +% \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw, +% } +% The \cs{__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn} appears instead of the user's +% conditional, and receives as its arguments the pivot~|#1|, a fake +% item~|#2|, a \texttt{true} and a \texttt{false} branches |#3| +% and~|#4|, followed by an ending function~|#5| (one of the four +% auxiliaries here) and another copy~|#6| of the fake item. All those +% are discarded except the function~|#5|. This function receives +% lists~|#1| and~|#2| of items less than or greater than the +% pivot~|#3|, then a continuation code~|#5| just after \cs{q_mark}. +% To avoid a memory problem described earlier, all of the ending +% functions read~|#6| until \cs{q_stop} and place~|#6| back into the +% input stream. When the lists |#1| and~|#2| are empty, the +% \texttt{single} auxiliary simply places the continuation~|#5| before +% the pivot~|{#3}|. When |#2|~is empty, |#1|~is sorted and placed +% before the pivot~|{#3}|, taking care to feed the continuation~|#5| +% as a continuation for the function sorting~|#1|. When |#1|~is +% empty, |#2|~is sorted, and the continuation argument is used to +% place the continuation~|#5| and the pivot~|{#3}| before the sorted +% result. Finally, when both lists are non-empty, items larger than +% the pivot are sorted, then items less than the pivot, and the +% continuations are done in such a way to place the pivot in between. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 {#5} +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_single_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { #5 {#3} #6 \q_stop } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_i_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark {#5} + {#3} + #6 \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_ii_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #2 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark { #5 {#3} } + #6 \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #2 \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark {#5} + {#3} + } + #6 \q_stop + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Messages} % % \begin{macro}{\@@_too_long_error:NNw} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx index 7260ca7667f..1ab8905e6aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4455 2013-01-22 20:38:19Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental regular expressions} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ % integer \meta{position}, with $\texttt{min_pos} - 1 \leq % \meta{position} \leq \texttt{max_pos}$. The lowest and highest % positions correspond to imaginary begin and end markers (with -% inacessible category code and character code). +% inaccessible category code and character code). % \item \emph{Query}: the token list to which we apply the regular % expression. % \item \emph{State}: each state of the \textsc{nfa} is labelled by an @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ % unique id for all the steps of the matching algorithm. % \end{itemize} % -% To acheive a good performance, we abuse \TeX{}'s registers in two +% To achieve a good performance, we abuse \TeX{}'s registers in two % ways. We access registers directly by number rather than tying them % to control sequence using \cs{int_new:N} and other allocation % functions. And we store integers in \tn{dimen} registers in scaled @@ -913,7 +913,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_item_reverse:n} % This function makes showing regular expressions easier, and lets us -% define |\D| in terms of |\d| for instance. There is a subtelty: the +% define |\D| in terms of |\d| for instance. There is a subtlety: the % end of the query is marked by $-2$, and will thus match |\D| and % other negated properties; this case is caught by another part of % the code. @@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@ % \begin{variable}{\l_@@_catcodes_bool} % We wish to allow constructions such as |\c[^BE](..\cL[a-z]..)|, % where the outer catcode test applies to the whole group, but is -% superseeded by the inner catcode test. For this to work, we need to +% superseded by the inner catcode test. For this to work, we need to % keep track of lists of allowed category codes: % \cs{l_@@_catcodes_int} and \cs{l_@@_default_catcodes_int} are % bitmaps, sums of $4^c$, for all allowed catcodes $c$. The latter is @@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \subsubsection{Quantifers} +% \subsubsection{Quantifiers} % % \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_compile_quantifier:w} % This looks ahead and finds any quantifier (special character equal @@ -2436,7 +2436,7 @@ % \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_compile_[:} % In a class, left brackets might introduce a \textsc{posix} character % class, or mean nothing. Immediately following |\c|\meta{category}, -% we must insert the apropriate catcode test, then parse the class; we +% we must insert the appropriate catcode test, then parse the class; we % pre-expand the catcode as an optimization. Otherwise (modes $0$, % $-2$ and $-6$) just parse the class. The mode is updated later. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2614,7 +2614,7 @@ % using \pkg{l3tl-build} within a \TeX{} group, which automatically % makes sure that options (case-sensitivity and default catcode) are % reset at the end of the group. The argument |#1| is -% \cs{@@_group:nnnN} or a variant thereof. A small subtelty to +% \cs{@@_group:nnnN} or a variant thereof. A small subtlety to % support |\cL(abc)| as a shorthand for |(\cLa\cLb\cLc)|: exit any % pending catcode test, save the category code at the start of the % group as the default catcode for that group, and make sure that the @@ -3093,7 +3093,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_show_one:n} % Every part of the final message go through this function, which adds -% one line to the output, with the apropriate prefix. +% one line to the output, with the appropriate prefix. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_show_one:n #1 { @@ -4082,7 +4082,7 @@ % \tn{toks} register for the target state of the transition, to be % retrieved when matching at the next position. When a thread % succeeds, this property list is copied to -% \cs{l_@@_success_submatches_prop}: only the last sucessful thread +% \cs{l_@@_success_submatches_prop}: only the last successful thread % will remain there. % \begin{macrocode} \prop_new:N \l_@@_current_submatches_prop @@ -4184,7 +4184,7 @@ % First store the query into \tn{toks} and \tn{muskip} registers (see % \cs{@@_query_set:nnn}). Then initialize the variables that should % be set once for each user function (even for multiple -% matches). Namely, the overall matching is not yet sucessful; none of +% matches). Namely, the overall matching is not yet successful; none of % the states should be marked as visited (\tn{dimen} registers), and % we start at step $0$; we pretend that there was a previous match % ending at the start of the query, which was not empty (to avoid @@ -4226,7 +4226,7 @@ % \cs{@@_match_once:}. First initialize some variables: set the % conditional which detects identical empty matches; this match % attempt starts at the previous \texttt{success_pos}, is not yet -% sucessful, and has no submatches yet; clear the array of active +% successful, and has no submatches yet; clear the array of active % threads, and put the starting state $0$ in it. We are then almost % ready to read our first token in the query, but we actually start % one position earlier than the start, and \texttt{get} that token, so @@ -5927,7 +5927,7 @@ % This is not technically a message, but seems related enough to go % there. The arguments are: |#1| is the minimum number of repetitions; % |#2| is the number of allowed extra repetitions ($-1$ for infinite -% number), and |#3| tells us aboud lazyness. +% number), and |#3| tells us about lazyness. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new:Npn \@@_msg_repeated:nnN #1#2#3 { diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx index 1810468ff7d..19bad05b982 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.dtx @@ -125,7 +125,8 @@ % \texttt{iso885915}, \texttt{latin9} & \textsc{iso 8859-15} \\ % \texttt{iso885916}, \texttt{latin10} & \textsc{iso 8859-16} \\ % \midrule -% Empty & Native (Unicode) string. \\ +% \texttt{clist} & comma-list of integers \\ +% \meta{empty} & native (Unicode) string \\ % \bottomrule % \end{tabular} % \end{table} @@ -1187,6 +1188,47 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % +% \subsubsection{\texttt{clist}} +% +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_convert_decode_clist:} +% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_decode_clist_char:n} +% Convert each integer to the internal form. We first turn +% \cs{g_@@_result_tl} into a clist variable, as this avoids problems +% with leading or trailing commas. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_convert_decode_clist: + { + \clist_set:No \g_@@_result_tl \g_@@_result_tl + \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_result_tl + { + \exp_args:No \clist_map_function:nN + \g_@@_result_tl \@@_decode_clist_char:n + } + } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_decode_clist_char:n #1 + { #1 \s__tl \int_eval:n {#1} \s__tl } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_convert_encode_clist:} +% \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_encode_clist_char:n} +% Convert the internal list of character codes to a comma-list of +% character codes. The first line produces a comma-list with a +% leading comma, removed in the next step (this also works in the +% empty case, since \cs{tl_tail:N} does not trigger an error in this +% case). +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_convert_encode_clist: + { + \@@_convert_gmap_internal:N \@@_encode_clist_char:n + \tl_gset:Nx \g_@@_result_tl { \tl_tail:N \g_@@_result_tl } + } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_encode_clist_char:n #1 { , #1 } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsubsection{8-bit encodings} % % This section will be entirely rewritten: it is not yet clear in what @@ -1211,7 +1253,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % This declares the encoding \meta{name} to map bytes to Unicode % characters according to the \meta{mapping}, and map those bytes -% which are not mentionned in the \meta{mapping} either to the +% which are not mentioned in the \meta{mapping} either to the % replacement character (if they appear in \meta{missing}), or to % themselves. % @@ -2067,7 +2109,7 @@ % |#3| for the previous range. Otherwise, we call the % \texttt{_continuation} auxiliary again, after shifting the % \enquote{current code point} by |#4| (maximum from the range we just -% checkedd). +% checked). % % Two additional tests are needed: if we reach the end of the list of % range maxima and we are still not done, then we are faced with an @@ -2629,7 +2671,7 @@ % of a byte-order mark. If there is a byte-order mark, use that % endianness, and remove the $4$ bytes, otherwise default to % big-endian, and leave the $4$ bytes in place. The -% \cs{@@_decode_utf_xxxii:Nw} auxiliary recieves $1$ or $2$ as its +% \cs{@@_decode_utf_xxxii:Nw} auxiliary receives $1$ or $2$ as its % first argument indicating endianness, and the string to convert as % its second argument (expanded or not). It sets \cs{@@_tmp:w} to % expand to the character code of either of its two arguments diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx index 7d42697daab..3237dc3aaa4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-format.dtx @@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ % \subsection{Formatting integers} % % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\int_format:nn} -% Evalute the first argument and feed it to \cs{@@_int:nn}. +% Evaluate the first argument and feed it to \cs{@@_int:nn}. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new:Npn \int_format:nn #1 { \exp_args:Nf \@@_int:nn { \int_eval:n {#1} } } @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ % \subsection{Formatting floating points} % % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\fp_format:nn} -% Evalute the first argument to an internal floating point number, and +% Evaluate the first argument to an internal floating point number, and % feed it to \cs{@@_fp:nn}. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new:Npn \fp_format:nn #1 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.dtx index 0a4d72afd2f..836bb0481f2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3str.dtx 4452 2013-01-20 10:18:32Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3str.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental strings} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ % characters with category \enquote{other}, as produced by % \cs{__str_to_other:n}. It leaves in the input stream the number of % character tokens in the \meta{other string}, faster than the -% analoguous \cs{str_count:n} function. +% analogous \cs{str_count:n} function. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}[EXP]{\__str_range_unsafe:nnn} @@ -577,7 +577,7 @@ % To speed up this function, we grab and discard $9$ space-delimited % arguments in each iteration of the loop. The loop stops when the % last argument is one of the trailing |X|\meta{number}, and that -% \meta{number} is added to the sum of $9$ that preceeds, to adjust +% \meta{number} is added to the sum of $9$ that precedes, to adjust % the result. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_nopar:Npn \str_count_spaces:N diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx index ad4d20f7aba..5c4787cc5aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3tl-build.dtx @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ % \ldots{} % \cs{__tl_build_end:} % \end{syntax} -% Defines the \meta{tl~var} to contain the contens of \meta{tokens1} +% Defines the \meta{tl~var} to contain the contents of \meta{tokens1} % followed by \meta{tokens2}, \emph{etc.} This is built in such a way % to be more efficient than repeatedly using \cs{tl_put_right:Nn}. The % code in \enquote{\texttt{\ldots{}}} does not need to be diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx index 60ebd14993f..3bbe92eacc0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.dtx @@ -1,7 +1,7 @@ % \iffalse % %% File: l3galley.dtx Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2009 Frank Mittelbach -%% (C) 2010-2012 The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) 2010-2013 The LaTeX3 Project %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the %% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{xparse} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3galley.dtx 4402 2013-01-08 08:59:44Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3galley.dtx 4494 2013-05-24 06:27:01Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental galley code} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ % \end{verbatim} % would create a paragraph shape in which the first line is the full % width of the measure, the second line is indented by $2$\,pt on each side, -% the third line by by $4$\,pt and the fourth line and subsequent lines by +% the third line by $4$\,pt and the fourth line and subsequent lines by % $6$\,pt from the edge of the measure on each side. % % The \texttt{single_par} version applies only to a single paragraph, @@ -1087,7 +1087,7 @@ % saved \emph{local} versions, hence the position of the close-of-group % instruction. As this code can be inserted automatically, at the point % of use only the start of a galley level needs to be marked up: the end -% must come in a fixed location. All of this relies on the the +% must come in a fixed location. All of this relies on the % \enquote{color safe} group used inside a box. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_level_end: @@ -1650,7 +1650,7 @@ % parts in advance (the same number of loops would still be needed). % \begin{macrocode} { - \prg_replicate:nn \g@@_previous_par_lines_int + \prg_replicate:nn \g_galley_previous_par_lines_int { \seq_gpop:NN \g_@@_cutout_left_seq \l_@@_tmp_tl \seq_gpop:NN \g_@@_cutout_right_seq \l_@@_tmp_tl @@ -1851,7 +1851,7 @@ \int_compare:nNnTF \tex_parshape:D = \c_zero { \tl_put_right:Nn \l_@@_tmp_tl - { \l@@_total_left_margin_dim \l@@_text_width_dim } + { \l_@@_total_left_margin_dim \l_galley_text_width_dim } } { \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_tmp_tl @@ -1879,9 +1879,9 @@ { \int_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_tmp_int > \tex_parshape:D { - \dim_eval:n { \l@@_total_left_margin_dim + ( #1 ) } + \dim_eval:n { \l_@@_total_left_margin_dim + ( #1 ) } \c_space_tl - \dim_eval:n { \l@@_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } + \dim_eval:n { \l_galley_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } \c_space_tl } { @@ -1897,10 +1897,19 @@ \int_incr:N \l_@@_tmp_int \tl_put_right:Nx \l_@@_tmp_tl { - \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapeindent:D \l_@@_tmp_int } - \c_space_tl - \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapelength:D \l_@@_tmp_int - ( #1 ) } - \c_space_tl + \int_compare:nNnTF \l_@@_tmp_int > \tex_parshape:D + { + \dim_use:N \l_@@_total_left_margin_dim + \c_space_tl + \dim_eval:n { \l_galley_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } + \c_space_tl + } + { + \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapeindent:D \l_@@_tmp_int } + \c_space_tl + \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapelength:D \l_@@_tmp_int - ( #1 ) } + \c_space_tl + } } } % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx index 176bf791101..612cfb35e2c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/expl3.dtx @@ -49,8 +49,8 @@ %<*driver|package> \def\ExplFileName{expl3} \def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper} -\def\ExplFileDate{2013/03/14} -\def\ExplFileVersion{4469} +\def\ExplFileDate{2013/07/12} +\def\ExplFileVersion{4544} %</driver|package> %<*driver> \documentclass[full]{l3doc} @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ % is concerned with code, and some with coding style. % % \begin{itemize} -% \item \pkg{expl3} is mainly focussed on programming. This means that +% \item \pkg{expl3} is mainly focused on programming. This means that % some areas still require the use of \LaTeXe{} internal macros. % For example, you may well need \tn{@ifpackageloaded}, as there % is currently no native \LaTeX3 package loading module. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b869a70fee5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3.ins @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File l3.ins Copyright (C) 2011,2012 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\let\jobname\relax +\input l3docstrip.dtx +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +% ===== PACKAGE ONLY ====== +\generate{\file{expl3.sty} {\from{expl3.dtx} {package}}} +% ======================== +\generate{\file{l3bootstrap.sty} {\from{l3bootstrap.dtx}{package}}} +\generate{\file{l3names.sty} {\from{l3names.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3basics.sty} {\from{l3basics.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3expan.sty} {\from{l3expan.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3tl.sty} {\from{l3tl.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3seq.sty} {\from{l3seq.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3int.sty} {\from{l3int.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3quark.sty} {\from{l3quark.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3prg.sty} {\from{l3prg.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3clist.sty} {\from{l3clist.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3token.sty} {\from{l3token.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3prop.sty} {\from{l3prop.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3msg.sty} {\from{l3msg.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3file.sty} {\from{l3file.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3skip.sty} {\from{l3skip.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3keys.sty} {\from{l3keys.dtx} {package}}} +\generate + {% + \file{l3fp.sty} + {% + \from{l3fp.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-aux.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-traps.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-round.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-parse.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-logic.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-basics.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-extended.dtx}{package} + \from{l3fp-expo.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-trig.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-convert.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-assign.dtx} {package} + \from{l3fp-old.dtx} {package} + }% + } +\generate{\file{l3box.sty} {\from{l3box.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3coffins.sty} {\from{l3coffins.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3color.sty} {\from{l3color.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3luatex.sty} {\from{l3luatex.dtx} {package}}} +\generate{\file{l3candidates.sty}{\from{l3candidates.dtx}{package}}} + +\generate{\file{l3doc.cls} {\from{l3doc.dtx} {class}}} +\generate{\file{l3doc.ist} {\from{l3doc.dtx} {docist}}} + +\generate{\file{l3dvipdfmx.def} {\from{l3drivers.dtx} {package,dvipdfmx} }} +\generate{\file{l3dvips.def} {\from{l3drivers.dtx} {package,dvips} }} +\generate{\file{l3pdfmode.def} {\from{l3drivers.dtx} {package,pdfmode} }} +\generate{\file{l3xdvipdfmx.def} {\from{l3drivers.dtx} {package,xdvipdfmx}}} + +\generate{\file{l3docstrip.tex} {\from{l3docstrip.dtx} {program}}} + +\endbatchfile diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx index 98fe66d8b35..b00dee6ec9e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 4428 2013-01-10 13:23:29Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Basic definitions} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -185,15 +185,15 @@ % \end{description} % % Finally, the functions in -% Subsections~\ref{sec:defining-new-function-1}~and -% \ref{sec:defining-new-function-2} are primarily meant to define +% Subsections~\ref{sec:l3basics:defining-new-function-1}~and +% \ref{sec:l3basics:defining-new-function-2} are primarily meant to define % \emph{base functions} only. Base functions can only have the following % argument specifiers: % \begin{description} % \item[|N| and |n|] No manipulation. % \item[|T| and |F|] Functionally equivalent to |n| (you are actually % encouraged to use the family of |\prg_new_conditional:| functions -% described in Section~\ref{sec:new-conditional-functions}). +% described in Section~\ref{sec:l3basics:new-conditional-functions}). % \item[|p| and |w|] These are special cases. % \end{description} % @@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ % other argument specifiers in your function names, but they do not handle % expansion for you. You should define the base function and then use % \cs{cs_generate_variant:Nn} to generate custom variants as described in -% Section~\ref{sec:defining-variants}. +% Section~\ref{sec:l3basics:defining-variants}. % % \subsection{Defining new functions using parameter text} -% \label{sec:defining-new-function-1} +% \label{sec:l3basics:defining-new-function-1} % % \begin{function}{\cs_new:Npn, \cs_new:cpn, \cs_new:Npx, \cs_new:cpx} % \begin{syntax} @@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ % \end{function} % % \subsection{Defining new functions using the signature} -% \label{sec:defining-new-function-2} +% \label{sec:l3basics:defining-new-function-2} % % \begin{function} % { @@ -982,7 +982,7 @@ % \end{function} % % \section{Predicates and conditionals} -% \label{sec:predicates} +% \label{sec:l3basics:predicates} % % \LaTeX3 has three concepts for conditional flow processing: % \begin{description} @@ -1337,7 +1337,7 @@ % \begin{function}{\__cs_tmp:w} % Function used for various short-term usages, for instance defining % functions whose definition involves tokens which are hard to insert -% normally (spaces, charactes with category other). +% normally (spaces, characters with category other). % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{\__kernel_register_show:N, \__kernel_register_show:c} @@ -1899,7 +1899,7 @@ % name. In the absence of a colon, we throw an error and don't define % any conditional. The fourth and fifth arguments build up the % defining function. The sixth is the parameters to use (possibly -% empty), the seventh is the list of forms to define, the eigth is the +% empty), the seventh is the list of forms to define, the eighth is the % replacement text which we will augment when defining the forms. % The use of \cs{etex_detokenize:D} makes the later loop more robust. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx index b6e89bde0be..ddb859bd03a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3box.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 4411 2013-01-08 12:21:52Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental boxes} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -490,7 +490,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % Typesets the \meta{contents} into a vertical box of natural height % and includes this box in the current list for typesetting. The -% baseline of the box will tbe equal to that of the \emph{first} +% baseline of the box will be equal to that of the \emph{first} % item added to the box. % \begin{texnote} % This is the \TeX{} primitive \tn{vtop}. @@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ % \cs{vbox_set_top:Nn} \meta{box} \Arg{contents} % \end{syntax} % Typesets the \meta{contents} at natural height and then stores the -% result inside the \meta{box}. The baseline of the box will tbe equal +% result inside the \meta{box}. The baseline of the box will be equal % to that of the \emph{first} item added to the box. % \end{function} % diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx index e144922e224..1eaf1bdeb0f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.dtx @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ % \iffalse meta-comment % -%% File: l3candidates.dtx Copyright(C) 2012 The LaTeX3 Project +%% File: l3candidates.dtx Copyright(C) 2012,2013 The LaTeX3 Project %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the %% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3candidates.dtx 4468 2013-03-14 20:30:45Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3candidates.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental additions to l3kernel} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ % % \section{Additions to \pkg{l3clist}} % -% \begin{function}{\clist_item:Nn, \clist_item:cn, \clist_item:nn} +% \begin{function}[EXP]{\clist_item:Nn, \clist_item:cn, \clist_item:nn} % \begin{syntax} % \cs{clist_item:Nn} \meta{comma list} \Arg{integer expression} % \end{syntax} @@ -326,37 +326,6 @@ % is not empty. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2012-06-26]{\clist_use:Nnnn} -% \begin{syntax} -% \cs{clist_use:Nnnn} \meta{clist~var} \Arg{separator~between~two} \Arg{separator~between~more~than~two} \Arg{separator~between~final~two} -% \end{syntax} -% Places the contents of the \meta{clist~var} in the input stream, -% with the appropriate \meta{separator} between the items. Namely, if -% the comma list has more than $2$ items, the \meta{separator between -% more than two} is placed between each pair of items except the -% last, for which the \meta{separator between final two} is used. If -% the comma list has $2$ items, then they are placed in the input -% stream separated by the \meta{separator between two}. If the comma -% list has $1$ item, it is placed in the input stream, and a comma -% list with no items produces no output. An error will be raised if -% the variable does not exist or if it is invalid. -% -% For example, -% \begin{verbatim} -% \clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { a , b , , c , {de} , f } -% \clist_use:Nnnn \l_tmpa_clist { ~and~ } { ,~ } { ,~and~ } -% \end{verbatim} -% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a, b, c, de, and f}} in the input -% stream. The first separator argument is not used in this case -% because the comma list has more than $2$ items. -% \begin{texnote} -% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} -% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} -% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type -% argument expansion. -% \end{texnote} -% \end{function} -% % \section{Additions to \pkg{l3coffins}} % % \begin{function}{\coffin_resize:Nnn, \coffin_resize:cnn} @@ -622,38 +591,45 @@ % \end{texnote} % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2012-06-26]{\seq_use:Nnnn} +% \section{Additions to \pkg{l3skip}} +% +% \begin{function}[added = 2013-05-06, EXP]{\dim_to_pt:n} % \begin{syntax} -% \cs{seq_use:Nnnn} \meta{seq~var} \Arg{separator~between~two} \Arg{separator~between~more~than~two} \Arg{separator~between~final~two} +% \cs{dim_to_pt:n} \Arg{dimexpr} % \end{syntax} -% Places the contents of the \meta{seq~var} in the input stream, with -% the appropriate \meta{separator} between the items. Namely, if the -% sequence has more than $2$ items, the \meta{separator between more -% than two} is placed between each pair of items except the last, -% for which the \meta{separator between final two} is used. If the -% sequence has $2$ items, then they are placed in the input stream -% separated by the \meta{separator between two}. If the sequence has -% $1$ item, it is placed in the input stream, and an empty sequence -% produces no output. An error will be raised if the variable does -% not exist or if it is invalid. -% -% For example, +% Evaluates the \meta{dimension expression}, and leaves the result, +% expressed in points (\texttt{pt}) in the input stream, with \emph{no +% units}. The result is rounded by \TeX{} to four or five decimal +% places. If the decimal part of the result is zero, it is omitted, +% together with the decimal marker. +% +% If the \meta{dimension expression} contains additional tokens such +% as redundant units, these will be ignored, so for example % \begin{verbatim} -% \seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { | } { a | b | c | {de} | f } -% \seq_use:Nnnn \l_tmpa_seq { ~and~ } { ,~ } { ,~and~ } +% \dim_to_pt:n { 1 bp pt } % \end{verbatim} -% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a, b, c, de, and f}} in the input -% stream. The first separator argument is not used in this case -% because the sequence has more than $2$ items. -% \begin{texnote} -% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} -% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} -% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type -% argument expansion. -% \end{texnote} +% leaves |1.00374| in the input stream, \emph{i.e.}~the magnitude of +% one \enquote{big point} when converted to points. % \end{function} % -% \section{Additions to \pkg{l3skip}} +% \begin{function}[added = 2013-05-06, EXP]{\dim_to_unit:nn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{dim_to_unit:nn} \Arg{dimexpr_1} \Arg{dimexpr_2} +% \end{syntax} +% Evaluates the \meta{dimension expressions}, and leaves the value of +% \meta{dimexpr_1}, expressed in a unit given by \meta{dimexpr_2}, in +% the input stream. The result is a decimal number, rounded by \TeX{} +% to four or five decimal places. If the decimal part of the result +% is zero, it is omitted, together with the decimal marker. +% +% If the \meta{dimension expressions} contain additional tokens such +% as redundant units, these will be ignored, so for example +% \begin{verbatim} +% \dim_to_unit:nn { 1 bp pt } { 1 mm } +% \end{verbatim} +% leaves |0.35277| in the input stream, \emph{i.e.}~the magnitude of +% one \enquote{big point} when converted to millimeters. +% \end{function} % % \begin{function}{\skip_split_finite_else_action:nnNN} % \begin{syntax} @@ -940,8 +916,8 @@ % The next step is to work out the $x$ and $y$ coordinates of vertices of % the rotated box in relation to its original coordinates. The box can be % visualized with vertices $B$, $C$, $D$ and $E$ is illustrated -% (Figure~\ref{fig:rotation}). The vertex $O$ is the reference point on the -% baseline, and in this implementation is also the centre of rotation. +% (Figure~\ref{fig:l3candidates:rotation}). The vertex $O$ is the reference point +% on the baseline, and in this implementation is also the centre of rotation. % \begin{figure} % \centering % \setlength{\unitlength}{3pt}^^A @@ -958,7 +934,7 @@ % \put(21,59){O} % \end{picture} % \caption{Co-ordinates of a box prior to rotation.} -% \label{fig:rotation} +% \label{fig:l3candidates:rotation} % \end{figure} % The formulae are, for a point $P$ and angle $\alpha$: % \[ @@ -1602,7 +1578,7 @@ % any argument: this avoids losing braces. The argument % of \cs{tl_if_empty:oTF} is empty if |#1| is |?| followed % by blank spaces (besides, this particular variant of -% the emptyness test is optimized). If the item of the +% the emptiness test is optimized). If the item of the % comma list is blank, grab the next one. As soon as one % item is non-blank, exit: the second auxiliary will grab % \cs{prg_return_false:} as |#2|, unless every item in @@ -1628,62 +1604,6 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\clist_use:Nnnn} -% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] -% {\@@_use:wwn, \@@_use:nwwwwnwn, \@@_use:nwwn} -% First check that the variable exists. Then count the items in the -% comma list. If it has none, output nothing. If it has one item, -% output that item, brace stripped (note that space-trimming has -% already been done when the comma list was assigned). If it has two, -% place the \meta{separator~between~two} in the middle. -% -% Otherwise, \cs{@@_use:nwwwwnwn} takes the following arguments; 1: -% a \meta{separator}, 2, 3, 4: three items from the comma list (or -% quarks), 5: the rest of the comma list, 6: a \meta{continuation} -% function (\texttt{use_ii} or \texttt{use_iii} with its -% \meta{separator} argument), 7: junk, and 8: the temporary result, -% which is built in a brace group following \cs{q_stop}. The -% \meta{separator} and the first of the three items are placed in the -% result, then we use the \meta{continuation}, placing the remaining -% two items after it. When we begin this loop, the three items really -% belong to the comma list, the first \cs{q_mark} is taken as a -% delimiter to the \texttt{use_ii} function, and the continuation is -% \texttt{use_ii} itself. When we reach the last two items of the -% original token list, \cs{q_mark} is taken as a third item, and now -% the seconf \cs{q_mark} serves as a delimiter to \texttt{use_ii}, -% switching to the other \meta{continuation}, \texttt{use_iii}, which -% uses the \meta{separator between final two}. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 - { - \clist_if_exist:NTF #1 - { - \int_case:nnn { \clist_count:N #1 } - { - { 0 } { } - { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:wwn #1 , , { } } - { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:wwn #1 , {#2} } - } - { - \exp_after:wN \@@_use:nwwwwnwn - \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 , - \q_mark , { \@@_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } - \q_mark , { \@@_use:nwwn {#4} } - \q_stop { } - } - } - { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } - } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:wwn #1 , #2 , #3 { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwwwnwn - #1#2 , #3 , #4 , #5 \q_mark , #6#7 \q_stop #8 - { #6 {#3} , {#4} , #5 \q_mark , {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwn #1#2 , #3 \q_stop #4 - { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% % \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3coffins}} % % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2260,25 +2180,24 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\prop_get:Nn, \prop_get:cn} -% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_get:Nn, \@@_get:No} % \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_get_Nn:nwn} % Getting the value corresponding to a key in a property list in an -% expandable fashion is a simple instance of mapping some tokens. -% Map the function \cs{prop_get:nnn} which takes as its three -% arguments the \meta{key} that we are looking for, the current -% \meta{key} and the current \meta{value}. If the \meta{keys} match, -% the \meta{value} is returned. If none of the keys match, this expands -% to nothing. +% expandable fashion is similar to mapping some tokens. Go through +% the property list one \meta{key}--\meta{value} pair at a time: the +% arguments of \cs{@@_get_Nn:nwn} are the \meta{key} we are looking +% for, a \meta{key} of the property list, and its associated value. +% The \meta{keys} are compared (as strings). If they match, the +% \meta{value} is returned, within \cs{exp_not:n}. The loop +% terminates even if the \meta{key} is missing, and yields an empty +% value, because we have appended the appropriate +% \meta{key}--\meta{empty value} pair to the property list. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1#2 - { \@@_get:No #1 { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_get:Nn #1#2 { - \exp_last_unbraced:Nno \@@_get_Nn:nwn {#2} #1 - \s_@@ #2 \s_@@ { } + \exp_last_unbraced:Noo \@@_get_Nn:nwn { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } #1 + \s_@@ \tl_to_str:n {#2} \s_@@ { } \__prg_break_point: } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_get:Nn { No } \cs_new:Npn \@@_get_Nn:nwn #1 \s_@@ #2 \s_@@ #3 { \str_if_eq_x:nnTF {#1} {#2} @@ -2289,7 +2208,6 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % % \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3seq}} % @@ -2531,50 +2449,46 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\seq_use:Nnnn} -% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] -% {\@@_use:NnNnn, \@@_use:nwwwwnwn, \@@_use:nwwn} -% See \cs{clist_use:Nnnn} for a general explanation. The main -% difference is that we use \cs{@@_item:n} as a delimiter rather than -% commas. We also need to add \cs{@@_item:n} at various places. +% \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3skip}} +% +% \begin{macrocode} +%<@@=dim> +% \end{macrocode} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\dim_to_pt:n} +% A copy of the internal function \cs{@@_strip_pt:n}, which should +% perhaps be eliminated in favor of \cs{dim_to_pt:n}. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 +\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_to_pt:n \@@_strip_pt:n +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\dim_to_unit:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_to_unit:n} +% An analog of \cs{dim_ratio:nn} that produces a decimal number as its +% result, rather than a rational fraction for use within dimension +% expressions. The naive implementation as +% \begin{verbatim} +% \cs_new:Npn \dim_to_unit:nn #1#2 +% { \dim_to_pt:n { 1pt * \dim_ratio:nn {#1} {#2} } } +% \end{verbatim} +% would not ignore trailing tokens (see documentation), so we need a +% bit more work. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \dim_to_unit:nn #1#2 { - \seq_if_exist:NTF #1 + \dim_to_pt:n { - \int_case:nnn { \seq_count:N #1 } - { - { 0 } { } - { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:NnNnn #1 \@@_item:n { } { } } - { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:NnNnn #1 {#2} } - } - { - \exp_after:wN \@@_use:nwwwwnwn - \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 \@@_item:n - \q_mark { \@@_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } - \q_mark { \@@_use:nwwn {#4} } - \q_stop { } - } + 1pt * \@@_to_unit:n { \dim_to_pt:n {#1} pt } + / \@@_to_unit:n { \dim_to_pt:n {#2} pt } } - { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:NnNnn \@@_item:n #1 \@@_item:n #2#3 - { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwwwnwn - #1 \@@_item:n #2 \@@_item:n #3 \@@_item:n #4#5 - \q_mark #6#7 \q_stop #8 - { - #6 \@@_item:n {#3} \@@_item:n {#4} #5 - \q_mark {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } - } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwn #1 \@@_item:n #2 #3 \q_stop #4 - { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_to_unit:n #1 + { \__int_value:w \@@_eval:w #1 \@@_eval_end: } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \subsection{Additions to \pkg{l3skip}} -% % \begin{macrocode} %<@@=skip> % \end{macrocode} @@ -2613,7 +2527,7 @@ % There are four cases: empty token list, token list starting with % a normal token, with a brace group, or with a space token. % If the token list starts with a normal token, remove it -% and check for emptyness. Otherwise, compare with a single +% and check for emptiness. Otherwise, compare with a single % space, only case where we have a single token. % \begin{macrocode} \prg_new_conditional:Npnn \tl_if_single_token:n #1 { p , T , F , TF } @@ -2668,7 +2582,7 @@ % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\tl_count_tokens:n} % \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_act_count_normal:nN, % \@@_act_count_group:nn,\@@_act_count_space:n} -% The token coung is computed through an \cs{int_eval:n} construction. +% The token count is computed through an \cs{int_eval:n} construction. % Each \texttt{1+} is output to the \emph{left}, into the integer % expression, and the sum is ended by the \cs{c_zero} inserted by % \cs{@@_act_end:wn}. Somewhat a hack. @@ -2694,7 +2608,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{variable}{\c_@@_act_uppercase_tl, \c_@@_act_lowercase_tl} -% These constants contain the correspondance between lowercase +% These constants contain the correspondence between lowercase % and uppercase letters, in the form |aAbBcC...| and |AaBbCc...| % respectively. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -2715,7 +2629,7 @@ % \begin{macro}[EXP,aux]{\@@_act_case_normal:nN, % \@@_act_case_group:nn,\@@_act_case_space:n} % The only difference between uppercasing and lowercasing is -% the table of correspondance that is used. As for other +% the table of correspondence that is used. As for other % token list actions, we feed \cs{@@_act:NNNnn} three % functions, and this time, we use the \meta{parameters} % argument to carry which case-changing we are applying. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx index 333bbb9402a..1065a889bc5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.dtx @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 4414 2013-01-08 12:32:12Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 4500 2013-05-26 11:18:19Z bruno $ {L3 Comma separated lists} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -420,6 +420,64 @@ % \emph{i.e.}~every item in a \meta{comma list} is unique. % \end{function} % +% \section{Using the content of comma lists directly} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2013-05-26]{\clist_use:Nnnn, \clist_use:cnnn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{clist_use:Nnnn} \meta{clist~var} \Arg{separator~between~two} \Arg{separator~between~more~than~two} \Arg{separator~between~final~two} +% \end{syntax} +% Places the contents of the \meta{clist~var} in the input stream, +% with the appropriate \meta{separator} between the items. Namely, if +% the comma list has more than two items, the \meta{separator between +% more than two} is placed between each pair of items except the +% last, for which the \meta{separator between final two} is used. If +% the comma list has exactly two items, then they are placed in the input +% stream separated by the \meta{separator between two}. If the comma +% list has a single item, it is placed in the input stream, and a comma +% list with no items produces no output. An error will be raised if +% the variable does not exist or if it is invalid. +% +% For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { a , b , , c , {de} , f } +% \clist_use:Nnnn \l_tmpa_clist { ~and~ } { ,~ } { ,~and~ } +% \end{verbatim} +% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a, b, c, de, and f}} in the input +% stream. The first separator argument is not used in this case +% because the comma list has more than $2$ items. +% \begin{texnote} +% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} +% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} +% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type +% argument expansion. +% \end{texnote} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2013-05-26]{\clist_use:Nn, \clist_use:cn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{clist_use:Nn} \meta{clist~var} \Arg{separator} +% \end{syntax} +% Places the contents of the \meta{clist~var} in the input stream, +% with the \meta{separator} between the items. If the comma +% list has a single item, it is placed in the input stream, and a comma +% list with no items produces no output. An error will be raised if +% the variable does not exist or if it is invalid. +% +% For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \clist_set:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { a , b , , c , {de} , f } +% \clist_use:Nn \l_tmpa_clist { ~and~ } +% \end{verbatim} +% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a and b and c and de and f}} in the input +% stream. +% \begin{texnote} +% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} +% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} +% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type +% argument expansion. +% \end{texnote} +% \end{function} +% % \section{Comma lists as stacks} % % Comma lists can be used as stacks, where data is pushed to and popped @@ -1347,6 +1405,70 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % +% \subsection{Using comma lists} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\clist_use:Nnnn, \clist_use:cnnn} +% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] +% {\@@_use:wwn, \@@_use:nwwwwnwn, \@@_use:nwwn} +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\clist_use:Nn, \clist_use:cn} +% First check that the variable exists. Then count the items in the +% comma list. If it has none, output nothing. If it has one item, +% output that item, brace stripped (note that space-trimming has +% already been done when the comma list was assigned). If it has two, +% place the \meta{separator~between~two} in the middle. +% +% Otherwise, \cs{@@_use:nwwwwnwn} takes the following arguments; 1: +% a \meta{separator}, 2, 3, 4: three items from the comma list (or +% quarks), 5: the rest of the comma list, 6: a \meta{continuation} +% function (\texttt{use_ii} or \texttt{use_iii} with its +% \meta{separator} argument), 7: junk, and 8: the temporary result, +% which is built in a brace group following \cs{q_stop}. The +% \meta{separator} and the first of the three items are placed in the +% result, then we use the \meta{continuation}, placing the remaining +% two items after it. When we begin this loop, the three items really +% belong to the comma list, the first \cs{q_mark} is taken as a +% delimiter to the \texttt{use_ii} function, and the continuation is +% \texttt{use_ii} itself. When we reach the last two items of the +% original token list, \cs{q_mark} is taken as a third item, and now +% the second \cs{q_mark} serves as a delimiter to \texttt{use_ii}, +% switching to the other \meta{continuation}, \texttt{use_iii}, which +% uses the \meta{separator between final two}. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \clist_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \int_case:nnn { \clist_count:N #1 } + { + { 0 } { } + { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:wwn #1 , , { } } + { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:wwn #1 , {#2} } + } + { + \exp_after:wN \@@_use:nwwwwnwn + \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 , + \q_mark , { \@@_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } + \q_mark , { \@@_use:nwwn {#4} } + \q_stop { } + } + } + { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_use:Nnnn { c } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:wwn #1 , #2 , #3 { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwwwnwn + #1#2 , #3 , #4 , #5 \q_mark , #6#7 \q_stop #8 + { #6 {#3} , {#4} , #5 \q_mark , {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwn #1#2 , #3 \q_stop #4 + { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nn #1#2 + { \clist_use:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#2} {#2} } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_use:Nn { c } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Viewing comma lists} % % \begin{macro}{\clist_show:N, \clist_show:c} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx index 4696adddd6f..4fded9b0079 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3drivers.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4280 2012-11-07 07:13:51Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4505 2013-06-28 22:06:04Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental drivers} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -227,14 +227,14 @@ { \tex_special:D { ps:gsave } } %</dvips> %<*dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> - { \tex_special:D { pdf:bcontent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~q } } %</dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_graphic_state_restore: %<*dvips> { \tex_special:D { ps:grestore } } %</dvips> %<*dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> - { \tex_special:D { pdf:econtent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~Q } } %</dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> %</!pdfmode> % \end{macrocode} @@ -353,10 +353,32 @@ } %</!dvips> % \end{macrocode} +% For \texttt{(x)dvipdfmx} the is a bit more to do yet. Using +% \texttt{pdf:bcontent}/\texttt{pdf:econtent} for scoping seems the easiest +% approach, but only works reliably when all of the specials used are +% \texttt{pdf:\ldots} ones. As (some) PostScript specials can also be used +% with \texttt{(x)dvipdfmx}, that is not safe and can give unexpected output. +% To get everything in the right place, what is required is that the +% insertion point for the clip and the \TeX{} box material are the same. That +% is done by flipping the axes twice with an additional scope level in +% between. The scoping level moves to the \enquote{current point}, which +% due to the axis inversion is the \emph{start} of the clip. The second +% inversion puts things back to normal, the \TeX{} material is inserted and +% then the extra scope is closed (below). +% \begin{macrocode} +%<*dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> + \@@_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } + \@@_graphic_state_save: + \@@_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } +%</dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> +% \end{macrocode} % Insert the material in a box of no width, restore the graphic state % and then insert the necessary width. % \begin{macrocode} \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 } +%<*dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> + \@@_graphic_state_restore: +%</dvipdfmx|xdvipdfmx> \@@_graphic_state_restore: \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 } } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx index 739acab95e5..9d19c801958 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3expan.dtx 4458 2013-02-03 15:49:37Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3expan.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Argument expansion} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ % variants. % % \section{Defining new variants} -% \label{sec:defining-variants} +% \label{sec:l3expan:defining-variants} % % The definition of variant forms for base functions may be necessary % when writing new functions or when applying a kernel function in a @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ % % \section{Methods for defining variants} % -% \begin{function}[updated = 2012-08-28]{\cs_generate_variant:Nn} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-09]{\cs_generate_variant:Nn} % \begin{syntax} % \cs{cs_generate_variant:Nn} \meta{parent control sequence} \Arg{variant argument specifiers} % \end{syntax} @@ -447,7 +447,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % These functions absorb the number of arguments given by their % specification, carry out the expansion -% indicated and leave the the results in the input stream, with the +% indicated and leave the results in the input stream, with the % last argument not surrounded by the usual braces. % Of these, the \texttt{:Nno}, \texttt{:Noo}, and \texttt{:Nfo} % variants need special (slower) processing. @@ -648,8 +648,8 @@ % point, and so is never going to be expandable.) % % The definition of expansion functions with this technique happens -% in section~\ref{sec:gendef}. -% In section~\ref{sec:handtune} some common cases are coded by a more direct +% in section~\ref{sec:l3expan:gendef}. +% In section~\ref{sec:l3expan:handtune} some common cases are coded by a more direct % method for efficiency, typically using calls to \cs{exp_after:wN}. % % \begin{variable}{\l_@@_internal_tl} @@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \subsection{Hand-tuned definitions} -% \label{sec:handtune} +% \label{sec:l3expan:handtune} % % One of the most important features of these functions is that they % are fully expandable and therefore allow to prefix them with @@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \subsection{Definitions with the automated technique} -% \label{sec:gendef} +% \label{sec:l3expan:gendef} % % Some of these could be done more efficiently, but the complexity of % coding then becomes an issue. Notice that the auto-generated functions diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx index 67461fd01c9..6b76cf6b341 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3file.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 4446 2013-01-14 00:03:17Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 4483 2013-05-01 10:57:41Z bruno $ {L3 File and I/O operations} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ % auxiliary function does not issue an error if the file is not found. % \begin{macrocode} \prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \ior_open:Nn #1#2 { T , F , TF } - { \__file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \@@_open:NnTF #1 } } + { \__file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \@@_open_aux:NnTF #1 } } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnT { c } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnF { c } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnTF { c } @@ -1374,7 +1374,7 @@ % \c_@@_wrap_indent_marker_tl, % \c_@@_wrap_unindent_marker_tl % } -% Every special action of the wrapping code is preceeded by +% Every special action of the wrapping code is preceded by % the same recognizable string, \cs{c_@@_wrap_marker_tl}. % Upon seeing that \enquote{word}, the wrapping code reads % one space-delimited argument to know what operation to @@ -1683,7 +1683,7 @@ % Deprecated on 2012-06-28, for removal by 2012-12-31. % % \begin{macro}{\iow_wrap:xnnnN} -% This was renamed and one unneed argument was removed. +% This was renamed and one unneeded argument was removed. % \begin{macrocode} %<*deprecated> \cs_new_protected:Npn \iow_wrap:xnnnN #1#2#3#4#5 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..76fe0ee3e76 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3format.ins @@ -0,0 +1,92 @@ +\iffalse meta-comment + +File l3format.ins Copyright (C) 2011,2012 The LaTeX3 Project + +It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the +LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this +license or (at your option) any later version. The latest version +of this license is in the file + + http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt + +This file is part of the "l3kernel bundle" (The Work in LPPL) +and all files in that bundle must be distributed together. + +The released version of this bundle is available from CTAN. + +\fi + +\let\jobname\relax +\input l3docstrip.dtx +\askforoverwritefalse + +\preamble + +EXPERIMENTAL CODE + +Do not distribute this file without also distributing the +source files specified above. + +Do not distribute a modified version of this file. + +\endpreamble +% stop docstrip adding \endinput +\postamble +\endpostamble + +\keepsilent + +\generate + { + \file{l3format.ltx} + { + \from{l3bootstrap.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3names.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3basics.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3expan.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3tl.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3seq.dtx} {initex} + % ===== ===FORMAT ONLY ========= + \from{l3alloc.dtx} {initex} + % ============================== + \from{l3int.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3quark.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3prg.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3clist.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3token.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3prop.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3msg.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3file.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3skip.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3keys.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-aux.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-traps.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-round.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-parse.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-logic.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-basics.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-extended.dtx}{initex} + \from{l3fp-expo.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-trig.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-convert.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-assign.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3fp-old.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3box.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3coffins.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3color.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3luatex.dtx} {initex} + \from{l3candidates.dtx} {initex} + % ======== FORMAT ONLY ========= + \from{l3final.dtx} {initex} + % ============================== + } + } + +\generate{\file{l3dvips.ltx} {\from{l3drivers.dtx}{initex,dvips} }} +\generate{\file{l3pdfmode.ltx} {\from{l3drivers.dtx}{initex,pdfmode} }} +\generate{\file{l3xdvipdfmx.ltx}{\from{l3drivers.dtx}{initex,xdvipdfmx}}} + +\generate{\file{l3docstrip.tex}{\from{l3docstrip.dtx}{program}}} + +\endbatchfile
\ No newline at end of file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx index 6dee0ef45bc..cdc2e983983 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-basics.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-basics.dtx 4163 2012-08-30 16:33:11Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-basics.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Floating-point arithmetic} \documentclass[full]{l3doc} \begin{document} @@ -895,7 +895,7 @@ % \end{quote} % Note the three semicolons at the end of the definition. One is for % the last \cs{@@_mul_significand_drop:NNNNNw}; one is for -% \cs{@@_round_digit:Nw} later on; and one, preceeded by +% \cs{@@_round_digit:Nw} later on; and one, preceded by % \cs{exp_after:wN}, which is correctly expanded (within an % \cs{__int_eval:w}), is used by \cs{@@_basics_pack_low:NNNNNw}. % @@ -1020,7 +1020,7 @@ % exceptions display |/| rather than |*|. In the formula for % dispatch, we replace |- \c_two +| by |-|. The case of normal % numbers is treated using \cs{@@_div_npos_o:Nww} rather than -% \cs{@@_mul_npos_o:Nww}. There are two additionnal cases: if the +% \cs{@@_mul_npos_o:Nww}. There are two additional cases: if the % first operand is normal and the second is a zero, then the division % by zero exception is raised: cases $10$ and $11$ of the % \cs{if_case:w} construction in \cs{@@_mul_cases_o:NnNnww} are diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx index d6f76c3b0c1..f0782a2eed4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-expo.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-expo.dtx 4163 2012-08-30 16:33:11Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-expo.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Floating-point exponential-related functions} \documentclass[full]{l3doc} \begin{document} @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ % \ln (a \cdot 10^b) = b \cdot \ln (10) - \ln (c/5) + \ln (ac/5). % \end{equation*} % The logarithms $\ln(10)$ and $\ln(c/5)$ are looked up in a table. The -% last term is computed using the following Talor series of $\ln$ near +% last term is computed using the following Taylor series of $\ln$ near % $1$: % \begin{equation*} % \ln\left(\frac{ac}{5}\right) @@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ % both $A$ and $Z$ are arbitrary, in the range $[0.1,1)$, % and we had to monitor the growth of the sequence of % remainders $A$, $B$, $C$, etc. to ensure that no overflow -% occured during the computation of the next quotient. +% occurred during the computation of the next quotient. % The main source of risk was our choice to define the % quotient as roughly $10^9 \cdot A / 10^5 \cdot Z$: then % $A$ was bound to be below $2.147\cdots$, and this limit diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx index 9d5ff40b7ca..79e96d7715c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-extended.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-extended.dtx 4339 2012-11-24 19:16:43Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-extended.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Floating-point extended precision fixed-points} \documentclass[full]{l3doc} \begin{document} @@ -482,7 +482,7 @@ % $a_{1} \cdot b_{1}$ for $10^{-8}$, $(a_{1} \cdot b_{2} + a_{2} \cdot % b_{1})$ for $10^{-12}$, and $(a_{1} \cdot b_{3} + a_{2} \cdot b_{2} % + a_{3} \cdot b_{1} + c_{3} c_{4})$ for $10^{-16}$. The $a$--$b$ -% products huse the sign |#1|. Note that |#2| is empty for +% products use the sign |#1|. Note that |#2| is empty for % \cs{@@_fixed_one_minus_mul:wwn}. We call the \texttt{ii} auxiliary % for levels $10^{-20}$ and $10^{-24}$, keeping the pieces of \meta{a} % we've read, but not \meta{b}, since there is another copy later in diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx index cd67aa2b2c1..a9e926bcaeb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp-parse.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-parse.dtx 4339 2012-11-24 19:16:43Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp-parse.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Floating-point expression parsing} \documentclass[full]{l3doc} \begin{document} @@ -341,9 +341,9 @@ % and in red. Tokens that have not yet been read (and could % still be hidden in macros) are in gray. % -% In a first reading, the disinction between the \meta{precedence} +% In a first reading, the distinction between the \meta{precedence} % \fpPrecedence{+}, the operation \fpOperation{+}, and the character -% token |+| should not matter. It is only required to accomodate for +% token |+| should not matter. It is only required to accommodate for % multi-token infix operators such as |**|: indeed, when controlling % expansion, we need to skip over those tokens using \cs{exp_after:wN}, % and this only skips one token. Thus |**| needs to be replaced by a @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ % taken care of by the same mechanism, and functions (\texttt{sin}, % \texttt{exp}, etc.) as well. Finding the argument of the unary % |-|, for instance, is very similar to grabbing the second operand -% of a binary infix operator, with a small subtelty on precedence +% of a binary infix operator, with a small subtlety on precedence % explained below. Once that argument is found, its sign can be % flipped. A left parenthesis is just a prefix operator which % removes the closing parenthesis (with some extra checks). @@ -866,9 +866,9 @@ % first token after \texttt{f}-expansion: % \begin{itemize} % \item \cs{tex_relax:D} in some form. That can be an internal -% floating point, a premature end, or an unitialized register. +% floating point, a premature end, or an uninitialized register. % \item A register. We interpret this as the significand of a floating -% point number. This is subtely different from unpacking it, for +% point number. This is subtly different from unpacking it, for % instance, \texttt{\cs{c_minus_one}**2} gives $1$, while % \texttt{-1**2} gives $-1$. % \item A digit, or a dot. That marks the start of the significand for @@ -1537,7 +1537,7 @@ % \begin{macro}[aux, rEXP]{\@@_parse_exponent:Nw} % This auxiliary is convenient to smuggle some material through % \cs{fi:} ending conditional processing. We place those \cs{fi:} -% (argument |#2|) at a very odd place becase this allows us to insert +% (argument |#2|) at a very odd place because this allows us to insert % \cs{__int_eval:w} \ldots{} there if needed. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new:Npn \@@_parse_exponent:Nw #1 #2 \@@_parse_expand:w diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx index 09efdfdd58f..d4f0a435ec9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.dtx @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 4449 2013-01-19 23:55:05Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Floating points} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ % Floating point numbers can be given either explicitly (in a form such % as |1.234e-34|, or |-.0001|), or as a stored floating point variable, % which is automatically replaced by its current value. See -% section~\ref{sec:fp-floats} for a description of what a floating point is, -% section~\ref{sec:fp-precedence} for details about how an expression is -% parsed, and section~\ref{sec:fp-operations} to know what the various +% section~\ref{sec:l3fp:fp-floats} for a description of what a floating point is, +% section~\ref{sec:l3fp:fp-precedence} for details about how an expression is +% parsed, and section~\ref{sec:l3fp:fp-operations} to know what the various % operations do. Some operations may raise exceptions (error messages), -% described in section~\ref{sec:fp-exceptions}. +% described in section~\ref{sec:l3fp:fp-exceptions}. % % An example of use could be the following. % \begin{verbatim} @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ % \end{variable} % % \section{Floating point exceptions} -% \label{sec:fp-exceptions} +% \label{sec:l3fp:fp-exceptions} % % \emph{The functions defined in this section are experimental, and % their functionality may be altered or removed altogether.} @@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ % % \section{Floating point expressions} % -% \subsection{Input of floating point numbers} \label{sec:fp-floats} +% \subsection{Input of floating point numbers} \label{sec:l3fp:fp-floats} % % We support four types of floating point numbers: % \begin{itemize} @@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ % \texttt{exp(1)} or \cs{c_e_fp}. % % \subsection{Precedence of operators} -% \label{sec:fp-precedence} +% \label{sec:l3fp:fp-precedence} % % We list here all the operations supported in floating point % expressions, in order of decreasing precedence: operations listed @@ -731,7 +731,7 @@ % Functions are called on the value of their argument, contrarily to % \TeX{} macros. % -% \subsection{Operations} \label{sec:fp-operations} +% \subsection{Operations} \label{sec:l3fp:fp-operations} % % We now present the various operations allowed in floating point % expressions, from the lowest precedence to the highest. When used as @@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ % \cs{fp_eval:n} \{ \meta{operand_1} \meta{comparison} \meta{operand_2} \} % \end{syntax} % The \meta{comparison} consists of a non-empty string of |<|, |=|, -% |>|, and |?|, optionally preceeded by |!|. It may not start with +% |>|, and |?|, optionally preceded by |!|. It may not start with % |?|. This evaluates to $+1$ if the \meta{comparison} between the % \meta{operand_1} and \meta{operand_2} is true, and $+0$ otherwise. % \end{function} @@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ % \cs{fp_eval:n} \{ |max(| \meta{fpexpr_1} |,| \meta{fpexpr_2} |,| \ldots{} |)| \} % \cs{fp_eval:n} \{ |min(| \meta{fpexpr_1} |,| \meta{fpexpr_2} |,| \ldots{} |)| \} % \end{syntax} -% Evalutes each \meta{fpexpr} and computes the largest (smallest) of +% Evaluates each \meta{fpexpr} and computes the largest (smallest) of % those. If any of the \meta{fpexpr} is a \nan{}, the result is % \nan{}. Those operations do not raise exceptions. % \end{function} @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ % \begin{itemize} % \item Optimize argument reduction for trigonometric functions: we % don't need $6\times 4$ digits here, only $4\times 4$. -% \item In subsection~\ref{sec:fp-floats}, write a grammar. +% \item In subsection~\ref{sec:l3fp:fp-floats}, write a grammar. % \item Fix the |TWO BARS| business with the index. % \item It would be nice if the \texttt{parse} auxiliaries for each % operation were set up in the corresponding module, rather than diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx index dcea709ebbc..f1f034553aa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3int.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 4444 2013-01-13 20:27:20Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Integers} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -949,7 +949,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\int_eval:n} % Wrapper for \cs{@@_eval:w}. Can be used in an integer expression % or directly in the input stream. In format mode, there is already -% a definition in \pkg{l3alloc} for bookstrapping, which is therefore +% a definition in \pkg{l3alloc} for bootstrapping, which is therefore % corrected to the \enquote{real} version here. % \begin{macrocode} %<*initex> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx index 3d38853224a..3ad30990c73 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 4461 2013-02-24 18:55:17Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental key-value interfaces} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -68,21 +68,22 @@ % \begin{documentation} % % The key--value method is a popular system for creating large numbers -% of settings for controlling function or package behaviour. For the -% user, the system normally results in input of the form +% of settings for controlling function or package behaviour. The +% system normally results in input of the form % \begin{verbatim} -% \PackageControlMacro{ +% \MyModuleSetup{ % key-one = value one, % key-two = value two % } % \end{verbatim} % or % \begin{verbatim} -% \PackageMacro[ +% \MyModuleMacro[ % key-one = value one, % key-two = value two -% ]{argument}. +% ]{argument} % \end{verbatim} +% for the user. % % The high level functions here are intended as a method to create % key--value controls. Keys are themselves created using a key--value @@ -90,15 +91,15 @@ % required. Each key is created by setting one or more \emph{properties} % of the key: % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key-one .code:n = code including parameter #1, -% key-two .tl_set:N = \l_module_store_tl +% key-two .tl_set:N = \l_mymodule_store_tl % } % \end{verbatim} % These values can then be set as with other key--value approaches: % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_set:nn { module } +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } % { % key-one = value one, % key-two = value two @@ -108,15 +109,15 @@ % At a document level, \cs{keys_set:nn} will be used within a % document function, for example % \begin{verbatim} -% \DeclareDocumentCommand \SomePackageSetup { m } -% { \keys_set:nn { module } { #1 } } -% \DeclareDocumentCommand \SomePackageMacro { o m } -% { -% \group_begin: -% \keys_set:nn { module } { #1 } -% % Main code for \SomePackageMacro -% \group_end: -% } +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \MyModuleSetup { m } +% { \keys_set:nn { mymodule } { #1 } } +% \DeclareDocumentCommand \MyModuleMacro { o m } +% { +% \group_begin: +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } { #1 } +% % Main code for \MyModuleMacro +% \group_end: +% } % \end{verbatim} % % Key names may contain any tokens, as they are handled internally @@ -126,13 +127,13 @@ % groups. Functions and variables are \emph{not} expanded when creating % key names, and so % \begin{verbatim} -% \tl_set:Nn \l_module_tmp_tl { key } -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \tl_set:Nn \l_mymodule_tmp_tl { key } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { -% \l_module_tmp_tl .code:n = code +% \l_mymodule_tmp_tl .code:n = code % } % \end{verbatim} -% will create a key called \cs{l_module_tmp_tl}, and not one called +% will create a key called \cs{l_mymodule_tmp_tl}, and not one called % \texttt{key}. % % \section{Creating keys} @@ -164,32 +165,36 @@ % \end{function} % % The various properties available take either no arguments at -% all, or require exactly one argument. This is indicated in the +% all, or require one or more arguments. This is indicated in the % name of the property using an argument specification. In the following % discussion, each property is illustrated attached to an % arbitrary \meta{key}, which when used may be supplied with a % \meta{value}. All key \emph{definitions} are local. % -% \begin{function}{.bool_set:N, .bool_gset:N} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-08] +% {.bool_set:N, .bool_set:c, .bool_gset:N, .bool_gset:c} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .bool_set:N = \meta{boolean} % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{boolean} to \meta{value} (which % must be either \texttt{true} or \texttt{false}). If the variable -% does not exist, it will be created at the point that the key is -% set up. +% does not exist, it will be created globally at the point that +% the key is set up. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-28] -% {.bool_set_inverse:N, .bool_gset_inverse:N} +% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-28, updated = 2013-07-08] +% { +% .bool_set_inverse:N, .bool_set_inverse:c, +% .bool_gset_inverse:N, .bool_gset_inverse:c +% } % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .bool_set_inverse:N = \meta{boolean} % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{boolean} to the logical % inverse of \meta{value} (which must be either \texttt{true} or % \texttt{false}). -% If the \meta{boolean} does not exist, it will be created at the point -% that the key is set up. +% If the \meta{boolean} does not exist, it will be created globally +% at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.choice:} @@ -198,10 +203,11 @@ % \end{syntax} % Sets \meta{key} to act as a choice key. Each valid choice % for \meta{key} must then be created, as discussed in -% section~\ref{sec:choice}. +% section~\ref{sec:l3keys:choice}. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21]{.choices:nn} +% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21, updated = 2013-07-10] +% {.choices:nn, .choices:Vn, .choices:on, .choices:xn} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .choices:nn \meta{choices} \meta{code} % \end{syntax} @@ -210,22 +216,10 @@ % \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} will be the name of the choice made, and % \cs{l_keys_choice_int} will be the position of the choice in the list % of \meta{choices} (indexed from~$1$). -% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}. +% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:l3keys:choice}. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}{.choice_code:n, .choice_code:x} -% \begin{syntax} -% \meta{key} .choice_code:n = \meta{code} -% \end{syntax} -% Stores \meta{code} for use when \texttt{.generate_choices:n} creates -% one or more choice sub-keys of the current key. Inside \meta{code}, -% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} will expand to the name of the choice made, and -% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} will be the position of the choice in the list -% given to \texttt{.generate_choices:n}. Choices are discussed in -% detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}. -% \end{function} -% -% \begin{function}[added=2011/09/11] +% \begin{function}[added=2011-09-11] % {.clist_set:N, .clist_set:c, .clist_gset:N, .clist_gset:c} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .clist_set:N = \meta{comma list variable} @@ -233,21 +227,22 @@ % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{comma list variable} to \meta{value}. % Spaces around commas and empty items will be stripped. % If the variable does not exist, it -% will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}{.code:n, .code:x} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-10]{.code:n} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .code:n = \meta{code} % \end{syntax} % Stores the \meta{code} for execution when \meta{key} is used. The -% The \meta{code} can include one parameter ("#1"), which will be the +% The \meta{code} can include one parameter (|#1|), which will be the % \meta{value} given for the \meta{key}. The \texttt{x}-type variant % will expand \meta{code} at the point where the \meta{key} is % created. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}{.default:n, .default:V} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-09] +% {.default:n, .default:V, .default:o, .default:x} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .default:n = \meta{default} % \end{syntax} @@ -255,12 +250,12 @@ % value is given. This will be used if only the key name is given, % but not if a blank \meta{value} is given: % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key .code:n = Hello~#1, % key .default:n = World % } -% \keys_set:nn { module } +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } % { % key = Fred, % Prints 'Hello Fred' % key, % Prints 'Hello World' @@ -275,7 +270,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{dimension} to \meta{value} (which % must a dimension expression). If the variable does not exist, it -% will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.fp_set:N, .fp_set:c, .fp_gset:N, .fp_gset:c} @@ -283,29 +278,18 @@ % \meta{key} .fp_set:N = \meta{floating point} % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{floating point} to \meta{value} -% (which must a floating point number). If the variable does not exist, -% it will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% (which must a floating point expression). If the variable does not exist, +% it will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}{.generate_choices:n} -% \begin{syntax} -% \meta{key} .generate_choices:n = \Arg{list} -% \end{syntax} -% This property will mark \meta{key} as a multiple choice key, -% and will use the \meta{list} to define the choices. The \meta{list} -% should consist of a comma-separated list of choice names. Each -% choice will be set up to execute \meta{code} as set using -% \texttt{.choice_code:n} (or \texttt{.choice_code:x}). Choices are -% discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}. -% \end{function} -% -% \begin{function}[added = 2012-06-02]{.initial:n, .initial:V} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-09] +% {.initial:n, .initial:V, .initial:o, .initial:x} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .initial:n = \meta{value} % \end{syntax} % Initialises the \meta{key} with the \meta{value}, equivalent to % \begin{quote} -% \cs{keys_set:nn} \marg{module} \{ \meta{key} = \meta{value} \} +% \cs{keys_set:nn} \Arg{module} \{ \meta{key} = \meta{value} \} % \end{quote} % \end{function} % @@ -315,10 +299,10 @@ % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{integer} to \meta{value} (which % must be an integer expression). If the variable does not exist, it -% will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}{.meta:n, .meta:x} +% \begin{function}[updated = 2013-07-10]{.meta:n} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .meta:n = \Arg{keyval list} % \end{syntax} @@ -327,6 +311,17 @@ % is used, then the value will be passed through to the subsidiary % \meta{keys} for processing (as |#1|). % \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}[added = 2013-07-10]{.meta:nn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \meta{key} .meta:nn = \Arg{path} \Arg{keyval list} +% \end{syntax} +% Makes \meta{key} a meta-key, which will set \meta{keyval list} in +% one go using the \meta{path} in place of the current one. +% If \meta{key} is given with a value at the time the key +% is used, then the value will be passed through to the subsidiary +% \meta{keys} for processing (as |#1|). +% \end{function} % % \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21]{.multichoice:} % \begin{syntax} @@ -334,12 +329,11 @@ % \end{syntax} % Sets \meta{key} to act as a multiple choice key. Each valid choice % for \meta{key} must then be created, as discussed in -% section~\ref{sec:choice}. -% -% \textbf{This property is experimental.} +% section~\ref{sec:l3keys:choice}. % \end{function} % -% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21]{.multichoices:nn} +% \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-21, updated = 2013-07-10] +% {.multichoices:nn, .multichoices:Vn, .multichoices:on, .multichoices:xn} % \begin{syntax} % \meta{key} .multichoices:nn \meta{choices} \meta{code} % \end{syntax} @@ -349,9 +343,7 @@ % \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} will be the name of the choice made, and % \cs{l_keys_choice_int} will be the position of the choice in the list % of \meta{choices} (indexed from~$1$). -% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:choice}. -% -% \textbf{This property is experimental.} +% Choices are discussed in detail in section~\ref{sec:l3keys:choice}. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.skip_set:N, .skip_set:c, .skip_gset:N, .skip_gset:c} @@ -360,7 +352,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{skip} to \meta{value} (which % must be a skip expression). If the variable does not exist, it -% will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.tl_set:N, .tl_set:c, .tl_gset:N, .tl_gset:c} @@ -368,8 +360,8 @@ % \meta{key} .tl_set:N = \meta{token list variable} % \end{syntax} % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{token list variable} to \meta{value}. -% If the variable does not exist, it will be created at the point that -% the key is set up. +% If the variable does not exist, it will be created globally +% at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.tl_set_x:N, .tl_set_x:c, .tl_gset_x:N, .tl_gset_x:c} @@ -379,7 +371,7 @@ % Defines \meta{key} to set \meta{token list variable} to \meta{value}, % which will be subjected to an \texttt{x}-type expansion % (\emph{i.e.}~using \cs{tl_set:Nx}). If the variable does not exist, -% it will be created at the point that the key is set up. +% it will be created globally at the point that the key is set up. % \end{function} % % \begin{function}{.value_forbidden:} @@ -410,7 +402,7 @@ % \end{verbatim} % or to the key name: % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { subgroup / key .code:n = code } % \end{verbatim} % As illustrated, the best choice of token for sub-dividing keys in @@ -422,7 +414,7 @@ % particularly relevant to making multiple choices. % % \section{Choice and multiple choice keys} -% \label{sec:choice} +% \label{sec:l3keys:choice} % % The \pkg{l3keys} system supports two types of choice key, in which a series % of pre-defined input values are linked to varying implementations. Choice @@ -433,7 +425,7 @@ % Mutually-exclusive choices are created by setting the \texttt{.choice:} % property: % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { key .choice: } % \end{verbatim} % For keys which are set up as choices, the valid choices are generated @@ -442,53 +434,29 @@ % % In many cases, choices execute similar code which is dependant only % on the name of the choice or the position of the choice in the -% list of choices. Here, the keys can share the same code, and can -% be rapidly created using the \texttt{.choice_code:n} and -% \texttt{.generate_choices:n} properties: -% \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } -% { -% key .choice_code:n = -% { -% You~gave~choice~'\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~ -% which~is~in~position~ -% \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl -% in~the~list. -% }, -% key .generate_choices:n = -% { choice-a, choice-b, choice-c } -% } -% \end{verbatim} -% Following common computing practice, \cs{l_keys_choice_int} is -% indexed from~$1$. -% -% The same approach is also implemented by the \emph{experimental} -% property \texttt{.choices:nn}. This combines the functionality of -% \texttt{.choice_code:n} and \texttt{.generate_choices:n} into one -% property: +% list of all possibilities. Here, the keys can share the same code, and can +% be rapidly created using the \texttt{.choices:nn} property. % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key .choices:nn = % { choice-a, choice-b, choice-c } % { -% You~gave~choice~'\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~ -% which~is~in~position~ -% \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl +% You~gave~choice~'\tl_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~ +% which~is~in~position~\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl % in~the~list. % } % } % \end{verbatim} -% Note that the \texttt{.choices:nn} property should \emph{not} be mixed with -% use of \texttt{.generate_choices:n}. +% The index \cs{l_keys_choice_int} in the list of choices starts at~$1$. % % \begin{variable}{\l_keys_choice_int, \l_keys_choice_tl} -% Inside the code block for a choice generated using -% \texttt{.generate_choice:} or \texttt{.choices:nn}, -% the variables \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and -% \cs{l_keys_choice_int} are available to indicate the name of the -% current choice, and its position in the comma list. The position -% is indexed from $0$. +% Inside the code block for a choice generated using \texttt{.choices:nn}, +% the variables \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and \cs{l_keys_choice_int} are +% available to indicate the name of the current choice, and its position in +% the comma list. The position is indexed from~$1$. Note that, as with +% standard key code generated using \texttt{.code:n}, the value passed to +% the key (i.e.~the choice name) is also available as |#1|. % \end{variable} % % On the other hand, it is sometimes useful to create choices which @@ -496,32 +464,54 @@ % by setting the \texttt{.choice:} property of a key, then manually % defining sub-keys. % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key .choice:, % key / choice-a .code:n = code-a, % key / choice-b .code:n = code-b, % key / choice-c .code:n = code-c, % } -%\end{verbatim} +% \end{verbatim} % % It is possible to mix the two methods, but manually-created choices % should \emph{not} use \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} or \cs{l_keys_choice_int}. % These variables do not have defined behaviour when used outside of -% code created using \texttt{.generate_choices:n} +% code created using \texttt{.choices:nn} % (\emph{i.e.}~anything might happen). -% +% +% It is possible to allow choice keys to take values which have not previously +% been defined by adding code for the special \texttt{unknown} choice. The +% general behavior of the \texttt{unknown} key is described in +% Section~\ref{sec:l3keys:unknown}. A typical example in the case of a choice +% would be to issue a custom error message: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } +% { +% key .choice:, +% key / choice-a .code:n = code-a, +% key / choice-b .code:n = code-b, +% key / choice-c .code:n = code-c, +% key / unknown .code:n = +% \msg_error:nnxxx { mymodule } { unknown-choice } +% { key } % Name of choice key +% { choice-a , choice-b , choice-c } % Valid choices +% { \exp_not:n {#1} } % Invalid choice given +% % +% % +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% % Multiple choices are created in a very similar manner to mutually-exclusive % choices, using the properties \texttt{.multichoice:} and % \texttt{.multichoices:nn}. As with mutually exclusive choices, multiple % choices are define as sub-keys. Thus both % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key .multichoices:nn = % { choice-a, choice-b, choice-c } % { -% You~gave~choice~'\int_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~ +% You~gave~choice~'\tl_use:N \l_keys_choice_tl',~ % which~is~in~position~ % \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int \c_space_tl % in~the~list. @@ -530,28 +520,36 @@ % \end{verbatim} % and % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % key .multichoice:, % key / choice-a .code:n = code-a, % key / choice-b .code:n = code-b, % key / choice-c .code:n = code-c, % } -%\end{verbatim} -% are valid. The \texttt{.multichoices:nn} property causes -% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and \cs{l_keys_choice_int} to be set in exactly -% the same way as described for \texttt{.choices:nn}. -% -% When multiple choice keys are set, the value is treated as a comma-separated -% list: +% \end{verbatim} +% are valid. +% +% When a multiple choice key is set % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_set:nn { module } +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } % { % key = { a , b , c } % 'key' defined as a multiple choice % } -%\end{verbatim} -% Each choice will be applied in turn, with the usual handling of unknown -% values. +% \end{verbatim} +% each choice is applied in turn, equivalent to a \texttt{clist} mapping or +% to applying each value individually: +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } +% { +% key = a , +% key = b , +% key = c , +% } +% \end{verbatim} +% Thus each separate choice will have passed to it the +% \cs{l_keys_choice_tl} and \cs{l_keys_choice_int} in exactly +% the same way as described for \texttt{.choices:nn}. % % \section{Setting keys} % @@ -565,37 +563,51 @@ % by defining a special \texttt{unknown} key: this will be illustrated % later. % \end{function} +% +% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_key_tl, \l_keys_path_tl, \l_keys_value_tl} +% For each key processed, information of the full \emph{path} of the +% key, the \emph{name} of the key and the \emph{value} of the key is +% available within three token list variables. These may be used within +% the code of the key. +% +% The \emph{value} is everything after the \texttt{=}, which may be +% empty if no value was given. This is stored in \cs{l_keys_value_tl}, and +% is not processed in any way by \cs{keys_set:nn}. +% +% The \emph{path} of the key is a \enquote{full} description of the key, +% and is unique for each key. It consists of the module and full key name, +% thus for example +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } { key-a = some-value } +% \end{verbatim} +% has path \texttt{mymodule/key-a} while +% \begin{verbatim} +% \keys_set:nn { mymodule } { subset / key-a = some-value } +% \end{verbatim} +% has path \texttt{mymodule/subset/key-a}. This information is stored in +% \cs{l_keys_path_tl}, and will have been processed by \cs{tl_to_str:n}. +% +% The \emph{name} of the key is the part of the path after the last +% \texttt{/}, and thus is not unique. In the preceding examples, both keys +% have name \texttt{key-a} despite having different paths. This information +% is stored in \cs{l_keys_key_tl}, and will have been processed by +% \cs{tl_to_str:n}. +% \end{variable} +% +% \section{Handling of unknown keys} +% \label{sec:l3keys:unknown} % -% If a key is not known, \cs{keys_set:nn} will look for a special -% \texttt{unknown} key for the same module. This mechanism can be -% used to create new keys from user input. +% If a key has not previously been defined (is unknown), \cs{keys_set:nn} will +% look for a special \texttt{unknown} key for the same module, and if this is +% not defined raises an error indicating that the key name was unknown. This +% mechanism can be used for example to issue custom error texts. % \begin{verbatim} -% \keys_define:nn { module } +% \keys_define:nn { mymodule } % { % unknown .code:n = % You~tried~to~set~key~'\l_keys_key_tl'~to~'#1'. % } -%\end{verbatim} -% -% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_key_tl} -% When processing an unknown key, the name of the key is available -% as \cs{l_keys_key_tl}. Note that this will have been processed -% using \cs{tl_to_str:n}. -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_path_tl} -% When processing an unknown key, the path of the key used is available -% as \cs{l_keys_path_tl}. Note that this will have been processed -% using \cs{tl_to_str:n}. -% \end{variable} -% -% \begin{variable}{\l_keys_value_tl} -% When processing an unknown key, the value of the key is available as -% \cs{l_keys_value_tl}. Note that this will be empty if no value was given -% for the key. -% \end{variable} -% -% \section{Setting known keys only} +% \end{verbatim} % % \begin{function}[added = 2011-08-23] % { @@ -603,13 +615,16 @@ % \keys_set_known:nvN, \keys_set_known:noN % } % \begin{syntax} -% \cs{keys_set_known:nn} \Arg{module} \Arg{keyval list} \meta{clist} +% \cs{keys_set_known:nn} \Arg{module} \Arg{keyval list} \meta{tl} % \end{syntax} -% Parses the \meta{keyval list}, and sets those keys which are defined -% for \meta{module}. Any keys which are unknown are not processed further -% by the parser. +% In some cases, the desired behavior is to simply ignore unknown keys, +% collecting up information on these for later processing. The +% \cs{keys_set_known:nnN} function parses the \meta{keyval list}, and sets +% those keys which are defined for \meta{module}. Any keys which are unknown +% are not processed further by the parser. % The key--value pairs for each \emph{unknown} key name will be -% stored in the \meta{clist}. +% stored in the \meta{tl} in a comma-separated form (\emph{i.e.}~an edited +% version of the \meta{keyval list}). % \end{function} % % \section{Utility functions for keys} @@ -629,7 +644,7 @@ % \cs{keys_if_choice_exist:nnnTF} \meta{module} \meta{key} \meta{choice} \Arg{true code} \Arg{false code} % \end{syntax} % Tests if the \meta{choice} is defined for the \meta{key} within the -% \meta{module},, \emph{i.e.}~if any code has been defined for +% \meta{module}, \emph{i.e.}~if any code has been defined for % \meta{key}/\meta{choice}. The test is \texttt{false} if the \meta{key} % itself is not defined. % \end{function} @@ -657,7 +672,7 @@ % braces, spaces and the category codes of separators. % % While the functions described earlier are used as a high-level interface -% for processing such input, in especial circumstances you may wish to use +% for processing such input, in special circumstances you may wish to use % a lower-level approach. % The low-level parsing system converts a \meta{key--value list} % into \meta{keys} and associated \meta{values}. After the parsing phase @@ -665,15 +680,16 @@ % available for further processing. This processing is not carried out by the % low-level parser itself, and so the parser requires the names of % two functions along with the key--value list. One function is -% needed to process key--value pairs (\emph{i.e}~two arguments), -% and a second function if required for keys given without arguments -% (\emph{i.e.}~a single argument). +% needed to process key--value pairs (it receives two arguments), +% and a second function is required for keys given without any value +% (it is called with a single argument). % -% The parser does not double |#| tokens or expand any input. The tokens -% |=| and |,| are corrected so that the parser does not \enquote{miss} +% The parser does not double |#| tokens or expand any input. Active +% tokens |=| and |,| appearing at the outer level of braces are converted +% to category \enquote{other} (12) so that the parser does not \enquote{miss} % any due to category code changes. Spaces are removed from the ends -% of the keys and values. Values which are given in braces will have -% exactly one set removed, thus +% of the keys and values. Keys and values which are given in braces +% will have exactly one set removed (after space trimming), thus % \begin{verbatim} % key = {value here}, % \end{verbatim} @@ -710,8 +726,8 @@ % Note that there is a difference between an empty value (an equals % sign followed by nothing) and a missing value (no equals sign at % all). Spaces are trimmed from the ends of the \meta{key} and \meta{value}, -% and any \emph{outer} set of braces are removed from the \meta{value} as -% part of the processing. +% then one \emph{outer} set of braces is removed from the \meta{key} +% and \meta{value} as part of the processing. % \end{function} % % \end{documentation} @@ -733,7 +749,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Low-level interface} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<@@=keyval> % \end{macrocode} @@ -741,7 +757,8 @@ % For historical reasons this code uses the `keyval' module prefix. % % \begin{variable}{\g_@@_level_int} -% For nesting purposes an integer is needed for the current level. +% To allow nesting of \cs{keyval_parse:NNn}, an integer is needed for +% the current level. % \begin{macrocode} \int_new:N \g_@@_level_int % \end{macrocode} @@ -763,8 +780,8 @@ \tl_new:N \l_@@_sanitise_tl \tl_new:N \l_@@_parse_tl % \end{macrocode} -%\end{variable} -%\end{variable} +% \end{variable} +% \end{variable} % % \begin{macro}{\@@_parse:n} % The parsing function first deals with the category codes for @@ -817,7 +834,7 @@ % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{\@@_split_key_value:w} -% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_split_key_value:wTF} +% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_split_key_value:wTF} % The key and value are handled separately. First the key is grabbed and % saved as \cs{l_@@_key_tl}. Then a check is need to see if there is % a value at all: if not then the key name is simply added to the output. @@ -946,7 +963,7 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Constants and variables} -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<@@=keys> % \end{macrocode} @@ -1081,8 +1098,11 @@ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c_@@_props_root_tl \l_@@_property_tl } { \@@_define_key:n {#2} } { - \__msg_kernel_error:nnxx { kernel } { property-unknown } - { \l_@@_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl } + \str_if_eq_x:nnF { \l_@@_property_tl } { .abort: } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnxx { kernel } { property-unknown } + { \l_@@_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl } + } } } % \end{macrocode} @@ -1101,7 +1121,10 @@ \tl_set:Nx \l_keys_path_tl { \l_@@_module_tl / } \tl_if_in:nnTF {#1} { . } { \@@_property_find:w #1 \q_stop } - { \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { key-no-property } {#1} } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { key-no-property } {#1} + \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_property_tl { .abort: } + } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_property_find:w #1 . #2 \q_stop { @@ -1148,12 +1171,12 @@ % % \subsection{Turning properties into actions} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_bool_set:NN} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_bool_set:Nn, \@@_bool_set:cn} % Boolean keys are really just choices, but all done by hand. The -% second argument here is the scope: either empty or \texttt{g} for +% second argument here is the scope: either empty or \texttt{ g } for % global. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \@@_bool_set:NN #1#2 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_bool_set:Nn #1#2 { \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 } \@@_choice_make: @@ -1168,13 +1191,14 @@ } \@@_default_set:n { true } } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_bool_set:Nn { c } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_bool_set_inverse:NN} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_bool_set_inverse:Nn, \@@_bool_set_inverse:cn} % Inverse boolean setting is much the same. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \@@_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1#2 { \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 } \@@_choice_make: @@ -1189,6 +1213,7 @@ } \@@_default_set:n { true } } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_bool_set_inverse:Nn { c } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1232,60 +1257,8 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_choices_generate:n} -% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_choices_generate_aux:n} -% Creating multiple-choices means setting up the \enquote{indicator} -% code, then applying whatever the user wanted. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choices_generate:n #1 - { - \cs_if_exist:cTF - { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - { - \@@_choice_make: - \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int - \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \@@_choices_generate_aux:n - } - { - \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } - { generate-choices-before-code } { \l_keys_path_tl } - } - } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choices_generate_aux:n #1 - { - \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int - \@@_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 } - { - \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1} - \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int - { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int } - \exp_not:v - { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - } - } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_choice_code_store:n, \@@_choice_code_store:x} -% The code for making multiple choices is stored in a token list. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choice_code_store:n #1 - { - \cs_if_exist:cF - { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - { - \tl_new:c - { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - } - \tl_set:cn { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - {#1} - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_choice_code_store:n { x } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_cmd_set:nn, \@@_cmd_set:nx, \@@_cmd_set:Vo} +% \begin{macro}[int] +% {\@@_cmd_set:nn, \@@_cmd_set:nx, \@@_cmd_set:Vn, \@@_cmd_set:Vo} % \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_cmd_set:n} % Creating a new command means tidying up the properties and then making % the internal function which actually does the work. @@ -1295,12 +1268,7 @@ \@@_cmd_set:n {#1} \cs_set:cpn { \c_@@_code_root_tl #1 } ##1 {#2} } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cmd_set:nx #1#2 - { - \@@_cmd_set:n {#1} - \cs_set:cpx { \c_@@_code_root_tl #1 } ##1 {#2} - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_cmd_set:nn { Vo } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_cmd_set:nn { nx , Vn , Vo } \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_cmd_set:n #1 { \tl_clear_new:c { \c_@@_vars_root_tl #1 .default } @@ -1311,34 +1279,30 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_default_set:n, \@@_default_set:V} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_default_set:n} % Setting a default value is easy. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_default_set:n #1 { \tl_set:cn { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default } {#1} } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_default_set:n { V } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_initialise:n, \@@_initialise:V} -% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_initialise:wn} +% +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_initialise:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_initialise:wn} % A set up for initialisation from which the key system requires that % the path is split up into a module and a key name. At this stage, % \cs{l_keys_path_tl} will contain \texttt{/} so a split is easy to do. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_initialise:n #1 - { - \use:x - { \exp_after:wN \@@_initialise:wn \l_keys_path_tl \q_stop {#1} } - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_initialise:n { V } -\cs_new:Npn \@@_initialise:wn #1 / #2 \q_stop #3 - { \keys_set:nn {#1} { #2 = \exp_not:n { {#3} } } } + { \exp_after:wN \@@_initialise:wn \l_keys_path_tl \q_stop {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_initialise:wn #1 / #2 \q_stop #3 + { \keys_set:nn {#1} { #2 = {#3} } } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{\@@_meta_make:n, \@@_meta_make:x} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_meta_make:n} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_meta_make:nn} % To create a meta-key, simply set up to pass data through. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_meta_make:n #1 @@ -1346,13 +1310,11 @@ \@@_cmd_set:Vo \l_keys_path_tl { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l_@@_module_tl } {#1} } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_meta_make:x #1 - { - \@@_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } - { \exp_not:N \keys_set:nn { \l_@@_module_tl } {#1} } - } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_meta_make:nn #1#2 + { \@@_cmd_set:Vn \l_keys_path_tl { \keys_set:nn {#1} {#2} } } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} +% \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_multichoice_find:n} % \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_multichoice_make:} @@ -1408,93 +1370,95 @@ % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_variable_set:NnNN, \@@_variable_set:cnNN} -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_variable_set:NnN, \@@_variable_set:cnN} +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_variable_set:NnnN, \@@_variable_set:cnnN} % Setting a variable takes the type and scope separately so that -% it is easy to make a new variable if needed. The three-argument -% version is set up so that the use of |{ }| as an \texttt{N}-type -% variable is only done once! +% it is easy to make a new variable if needed. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1#2#3#4 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1#2#3#4 { \use:c { #2_if_exist:NF } #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 } \@@_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } - { \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 {##1} } + { \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 \exp_not:n { {##1} } } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_variable_set:NnN #1#2#3 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 {#2} { } #3 } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_variable_set:NnNN { c } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_variable_set:NnN { c } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_variable_set:NnnN { c } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} -% \end{macro} % % \subsection{Creating key properties} % % The key property functions are all wrappers for internal functions, % meaning that things stay readable and can also be altered later on. -% -% \begin{macro}{.bool_set:N} -% \begin{macro}{.bool_gset:N} +% +% Importantly, while key properties have \enquote{normal} argument specs, the +% underlying code always supplies one braced argument to these. As such, argument +% expansion is handled by hand rather than using the standard tools. This shows +% up particularly for the two-argument properties, where things would otherwise +% go badly wrong. +% +% \begin{macro}{.bool_set:N, .bool_set:c} +% \begin{macro}{.bool_gset:N, .bool_gset:c} % One function for this. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_set:N } #1 - { \@@_bool_set:NN #1 { } } + { \@@_bool_set:Nn #1 { } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_set:c } #1 + { \@@_bool_set:cn {#1} { } } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_bool_set:NN #1 g } + { \@@_bool_set:Nn #1 { g } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_gset:c } #1 + { \@@_bool_set:cn {#1} { g } } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{.bool_set_inverse:N} -% \begin{macro}{.bool_gset_inverse:N} +% \begin{macro}{.bool_set_inverse:N, .bool_set_inverse:c} +% \begin{macro}{.bool_gset_inverse:N, .bool_gset_inverse:c} % One function for this. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:N } #1 - { \@@_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 { } } + { \@@_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1 { } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:c } #1 + { \@@_bool_set_inverse:cn {#1} { } } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:N } #1 - { \@@_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 g } + { \@@_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1 { g } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:c } #1 + { \@@_bool_set_inverse:cn {#1} { g } } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{.choice:} % Making a choice is handled internally, as it is also needed by -% \texttt{.generate_choices:n}. +% \texttt{.generate_choices:n}. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choice: } { \@@_choice_make: } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{.choices:nn} +% \begin{macro} +% {.choices:nn, .choices:Vn, .choices:on, .choices:xn} % For auto-generation of a series of mutually-exclusive choices. % Here, |#1| will consist of two separate % arguments, hence the slightly odd-looking implementation. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choices:nn } #1 { \@@_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choices:Vn } #1 + { \exp_args:NV \@@_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choices:on } #1 + { \exp_args:No \@@_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choices:xn } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \@@_choices_make:nn #1 } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{.code:n, .code:x} +% \begin{macro}{.code:n} % Creating code is simply a case of passing through to the underlying % \texttt{set} function. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .code:n } #1 { \@@_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .code:x } #1 - { \@@_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } {#1} } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{.choice_code:n, .choice_code:x} -% Storing the code for choices -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choice_code:n } #1 - { \@@_choice_code_store:n {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choice_code:x } #1 - { \@@_choice_code_store:x {#1} } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1502,24 +1466,28 @@ % \begin{macro}{.clist_gset:N, .clist_gset:c} % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .clist_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { clist } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { clist } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .clist_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { clist } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { clist } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .clist_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { clist } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { clist } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .clist_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { clist } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { clist } { g } n } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{.default:n, .default:V} +% \begin{macro}{.default:n, .default:V, .default:o, .default:x} % Expansion is left to the internal functions. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .default:n } #1 { \@@_default_set:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .default:V } #1 - { \@@_default_set:V #1 } + { \exp_args:NV \@@_default_set:n #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .default:o } #1 + { \exp_args:No \@@_default_set:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .default:x } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \@@_default_set:n {#1} } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1528,13 +1496,13 @@ % Setting a variable is very easy: just pass the data along. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .dim_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { dim } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { dim } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .dim_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { dim } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { dim } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .dim_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { dim } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { dim } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .dim_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { dim } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { dim } { g } n } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -1544,32 +1512,28 @@ % Setting a variable is very easy: just pass the data along. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .fp_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { fp } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { fp } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .fp_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { fp } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { fp } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .fp_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { fp } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { fp } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .fp_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { fp } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { fp } { g } n } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}{.generate_choices:n} -% Making choices is easy. -% \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .generate_choices:n } #1 - { \@@_choices_generate:n {#1} } -% \end{macrocode} -% \end{macro} -% -% \begin{macro}{.initial:n, .initial:V} +% \begin{macro}{.initial:n, .initial:V, .initial:o, .initial:x} % The standard hand-off approach. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .initial:n } #1 { \@@_initialise:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .initial:V } #1 - { \@@_initialise:V #1 } + { \exp_args:NV \@@_initialise:n #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .initial:o } #1 + { \exp_args:No \@@_initialise:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .initial:x } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \@@_initialise:n {#1} } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % @@ -1578,29 +1542,40 @@ % Setting a variable is very easy: just pass the data along. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .int_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { int } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { int } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .int_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { int } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { int } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .int_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { int } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { int } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .int_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { int } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { int } { g } n } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -%\begin{macro}{.meta:n, .meta:x} -% Making a meta is handled internally. +% \begin{macro}{.meta:n} +% Making a meta is handled internally. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .meta:n } #1 { \@@_meta_make:n {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .meta:x } #1 - { \@@_meta_make:x {#1} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{.meta:nn} +% Meta with path: potentially lots of variants, but for the moment +% no so many defined. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .meta:nn } #1 + { \@@_meta_make:nn #1 } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % % \begin{macro}{.multichoice:} -% \begin{macro}{.multichoices:nn} +% \begin{macro} +% { +% .multichoices:nn, .multichoices:Vn, .multichoices:on, +% .multichoices:xn, +% } % The same idea as \texttt{.choice:} and \texttt{.choices:nn}, but % where more than one choice is allowed. % \begin{macrocode} @@ -1608,6 +1583,12 @@ { \@@_multichoice_make: } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .multichoices:nn } #1 { \@@_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .multichoices:Vn } #1 + { \exp_args:NV \@@_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .multichoices:on } #1 + { \exp_args:No \@@_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .multichoices:xn } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \@@_multichoices_make:nn #1 } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -1617,13 +1598,13 @@ % Setting a variable is very easy: just pass the data along. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .skip_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { skip } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { skip } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .skip_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { skip } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { skip } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .skip_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { skip } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { skip } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .skip_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { skip } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { skip } { g } n } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -1636,21 +1617,21 @@ % Setting a variable is very easy: just pass the data along. % \begin{macrocode} \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_set:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { tl } n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_set:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { tl } n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_set_x:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnN #1 { tl } x } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_set_x:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnN {#1} { tl } x } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_gset:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { tl } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_gset:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { tl } g n } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_gset_x:N } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:NnNN #1 { tl } g x } + { \@@_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { g } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .tl_gset_x:c } #1 - { \@@_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { tl } g x } + { \@@_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { g } x } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} @@ -1706,7 +1687,7 @@ \keyval_parse:NNn \@@_set_elt:n \@@_set_elt:nn {#3} \cs_set_eq:NN \@@_execute_unknown: \@@_execute_unknown_std: \tl_set:Nn \l_@@_module_tl {#1} - \clist_set_eq:NN #4 \l_@@_unknown_clist + \cs_set_eq:NN #4 \l_@@_unknown_clist } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known:nnN { nV , nv , no } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_set_known:nnnN { o } @@ -1805,14 +1786,14 @@ % \@@_execute_unknown_std:, % \@@_execute_unknown_alt: % } -% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_execute:nn} +% \begin{macro}[aux, EXP]{\@@_execute:nn} % Actually executing a key is done in two parts. First, look for the % key itself, then look for the \texttt{unknown} key with the same % path. If both of these fail, complain. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \@@_execute: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_execute: { \@@_execute:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } { \@@_execute_unknown: } } -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \@@_execute_unknown: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_execute_unknown: { \@@_execute:nn { \l_@@_module_tl / unknown } { @@ -1821,7 +1802,7 @@ } } \cs_new_eq:NN \@@_execute_unknown_std: \@@_execute_unknown: -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \@@_execute_unknown_alt: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \@@_execute_unknown_alt: { \clist_put_right:Nx \l_@@_unknown_clist { @@ -1844,7 +1825,7 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % -% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_choice_find:n} +% \begin{macro}[int, EXP]{\@@_choice_find:n} % Executing a choice has two parts. First, try the choice given, then % if that fails call the unknown key. That will exist, as it is created % when a choice is first made. So there is no need for any escape code. @@ -1886,7 +1867,7 @@ % \begin{macro}{\keys_show:nn} % Showing a key is just a question of using the correct name. % \begin{macrocode} -\cs_new:Npn \keys_show:nn #1#2 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_show:nn #1#2 { \cs_show:c { \c_@@_code_root_tl #1 / \tl_to_str:n {#2} } } % \end{macrocode} % \end{macro} @@ -1904,20 +1885,18 @@ The~key~'#1'~takes~a~limited~number~of~values.\\ The~input~given,~'#2',~is~not~on~the~list~accepted. } -\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { generate-choices-before-code } - { No~code~available~to~generate~choices~for~key~'#1'. } +\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-choice-unknown } + { Key~'#1'~accepts~only~a~fixed~set~of~choices. } { - \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - Before~using~.generate_choices:n~the~code~should~be~defined~ - with~'.choice_code:n'~or~'.choice_code:x'. + The~key~'#1'~only~accepts~predefined~values,~and~'#2'~is~not~one~of~these. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-no-property } { No~property~given~in~definition~of~key~'#1'. } { \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - Inside~\keys_define:nn each~key~name - needs~a~property: \\ - ~ ~ #1 .<property> \\ + Inside~\keys_define:nn each~key~name~ + needs~a~property: \\ \\ + \iow_indent:n { #1 .<property> } \\ \\ LaTeX~did~not~find~a~'.'~to~indicate~the~start~of~a~property. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-unknown } @@ -1930,7 +1909,7 @@ { The~property~'#1'~requires~a~value. } { \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - LaTeX~was~asked~to~set~property~'#2'~for~key~'#1'.\\ + LaTeX~was~asked~to~set~property~'#1'~for~key~'#2'.\\ No~value~was~given~for~the~property,~and~one~is~required. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { property-unknown } @@ -1955,6 +1934,86 @@ % \end{macrocode} % % \subsection{Deprecated functions} +% +% Deprecated on 2013-07-09. +% +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_choice_code_store:n, \@@_choice_code_store:x} +% The code for making multiple choices is stored in a token list. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choice_code_store:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cF + { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + { + \tl_new:c + { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + } + \tl_set:cn { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + {#1} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \@@_choice_code_store:n { x } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{.choice_code:n, .choice_code:x} +% Storing the code for choices +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choice_code:n } #1 + { \@@_choice_code_store:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .choice_code:x } #1 + { \@@_choice_code_store:x {#1} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}[int]{\@@_choices_generate:n} +% \begin{macro}[aux]{\@@_choices_generate_aux:n} +% Creating multiple-choices means setting up the \enquote{indicator} +% code, then applying whatever the user wanted. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choices_generate:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF + { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + { + \@@_choice_make: + \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int + \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \@@_choices_generate_aux:n + } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } + { generate-choices-before-code } { \l_keys_path_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \@@_choices_generate_aux:n #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int + \@@_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 } + { + \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1} + \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int + { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int } + \exp_not:v + { \c_@@_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + } + } +\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { generate-choices-before-code } + { No~code~available~to~generate~choices~for~key~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Before~using~.generate_choices:n~the~code~should~be~defined~ + with~'.choice_code:n'~or~'.choice_code:x'. + } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% +% \begin{macro}{.generate_choices:n} +% Making choices is easy. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c_@@_props_root_tl .generate_choices:n } #1 + { \@@_choices_generate:n {#1} } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} % % Deprecated on 2011-05-27, for removal by 2011-08-31. % @@ -1972,9 +2031,9 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % \end{macro} -% +% % Internal material for removal by 2012-12-31. -% +% % \begin{macrocode} %<*deprecated> \cs_new_eq:NN \c_keys_code_root_tl \c__keys_code_root_tl diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx index 79fa7961ebd..231c324274a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 4459 2013-02-13 09:21:15Z will $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Control structures} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ % \cs{\meta{type}_map_break:} and \cs{\meta{type}_map_break:n} use % this to break out of the loop. After the loop ends, the % \meta{tokens} are inserted into the input stream. This occurs even -% if the the break functions are \emph{not} applied: +% if the break functions are \emph{not} applied: % \cs{__prg_break_point:Nn} is functionally-equivalent in these cases % to \cs{use_ii:nn}. % \end{function} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx index c70b5137fa3..145a9f4e369 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 4268 2012-11-04 22:19:48Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Quarks} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -198,7 +198,8 @@ % % This module provides a uniform interface to intercepting and % terminating loops as when one is doing tail recursion. The building -% blocks follow below and an example is shown in Section~\ref{sec:quark-example}. +% blocks follow below and an example is shown in +% Section~\ref{sec:l3quark:quark-example}. % % \begin{variable}{\q_recursion_tail} % This quark is appended to the data structure in question and @@ -285,7 +286,7 @@ % \end{function} % % \section{An example of recursion with quarks} -% \label{sec:quark-example} +% \label{sec:l3quark:quark-example} % % Quarks are mainly used internally in the \pkg{expl3} code to define % recursion functions such as \cs{tl_map_inline:nn} and so on. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx index e917aeda4ea..82c08c35f60 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 4434 2013-01-12 09:33:40Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 4500 2013-05-26 11:18:19Z bruno $ {L3 Sequences and stacks} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ % \end{syntax} % Pops the right-most item from a \meta{sequence} into the % \meta{token list variable}, \emph{i.e.}~removes the item from the -% sequence and stores it in in the \meta{token list variable}. +% sequence and stores it in the \meta{token list variable}. % Both of the variables are assigned locally. If \meta{sequence} is % empty the \meta{token list variable} will % contain the special marker \cs{q_no_value}. @@ -536,6 +536,64 @@ % \emph{i.e.}~every item in a \meta{sequence} is unique. % \end{function} % +% \section{Using the content of sequences directly} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2013-05-26]{\seq_use:Nnnn, \seq_use:cnnn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{seq_use:Nnnn} \meta{seq~var} \Arg{separator~between~two} \Arg{separator~between~more~than~two} \Arg{separator~between~final~two} +% \end{syntax} +% Places the contents of the \meta{seq~var} in the input stream, with +% the appropriate \meta{separator} between the items. Namely, if the +% sequence has more than two items, the \meta{separator between more +% than two} is placed between each pair of items except the last, +% for which the \meta{separator between final two} is used. If the +% sequence has exactly two items, then they are placed in the input stream +% separated by the \meta{separator between two}. If the sequence has +% a single item, it is placed in the input stream, and an empty sequence +% produces no output. An error will be raised if the variable does +% not exist or if it is invalid. +% +% For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { | } { a | b | c | {de} | f } +% \seq_use:Nnnn \l_tmpa_seq { ~and~ } { ,~ } { ,~and~ } +% \end{verbatim} +% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a, b, c, de, and f}} in the input +% stream. The first separator argument is not used in this case +% because the sequence has more than $2$ items. +% \begin{texnote} +% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} +% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} +% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type +% argument expansion. +% \end{texnote} +% \end{function} +% +% \begin{function}[EXP, added = 2013-05-26]{\seq_use:Nn, \seq_use:cn} +% \begin{syntax} +% \cs{seq_use:Nn} \meta{seq~var} \Arg{separator} +% \end{syntax} +% Places the contents of the \meta{seq~var} in the input stream, with +% the \meta{separator} between the items. If the sequence has +% a single item, it is placed in the input stream with no \meta{separator}, +% and an empty sequence produces no output. An error will be raised if +% the variable does not exist or if it is invalid. +% +% For example, +% \begin{verbatim} +% \seq_set_split:Nnn \l_tmpa_seq { | } { a | b | c | {de} | f } +% \seq_use:Nn \l_tmpa_seq { ~and~ } +% \end{verbatim} +% will insert \enquote{\texttt{a and b and c and de and f}} in the input +% stream. +% \begin{texnote} +% The result is returned within the \tn{unexpanded} +% primitive (\cs{exp_not:n}), which means that the \meta{items} +% will not expand further when appearing in an \texttt{x}-type +% argument expansion. +% \end{texnote} +% \end{function} +% % \section{Sequences as stacks} % % Sequences can be used as stacks, where data is pushed to and popped @@ -1464,6 +1522,56 @@ % \end{macro} % \end{macro} % +% \subsection{Using sequences} +% +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\seq_use:Nnnn, \seq_use:cnnn} +% \begin{macro}[EXP, aux] +% {\@@_use:NnNnn, \@@_use:nwwwwnwn, \@@_use:nwwn} +% \begin{macro}[EXP]{\seq_use:Nn, \seq_use:cn} +% See \cs{clist_use:Nnnn} for a general explanation. The main +% difference is that we use \cs{@@_item:n} as a delimiter rather than +% commas. We also need to add \cs{@@_item:n} at various places. +% \begin{macrocode} +\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \seq_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \int_case:nnn { \seq_count:N #1 } + { + { 0 } { } + { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:NnNnn #1 \@@_item:n { } { } } + { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \@@_use:NnNnn #1 {#2} } + } + { + \exp_after:wN \@@_use:nwwwwnwn + \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 \@@_item:n + \q_mark { \@@_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } + \q_mark { \@@_use:nwwn {#4} } + \q_stop { } + } + } + { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:Nnnn { c } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:NnNnn \@@_item:n #1 \@@_item:n #2#3 + { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwwwnwn + #1 \@@_item:n #2 \@@_item:n #3 \@@_item:n #4#5 + \q_mark #6#7 \q_stop #8 + { + #6 \@@_item:n {#3} \@@_item:n {#4} #5 + \q_mark {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } + } +\cs_new:Npn \@@_use:nwwn #1 \@@_item:n #2 #3 \q_stop #4 + { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nn #1#2 + { \seq_use:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#2} {#2} } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:Nn { c } +% \end{macrocode} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% \end{macro} +% % \subsection{Sequence stacks} % % The same functions as for sequences, but with the correct naming. @@ -1610,7 +1718,7 @@ % A simple short cut for a mapping. % \begin{macrocode} %<*deprecated> -\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:N #1 { \seq_map_function:NN #1 \use:n } +\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:N #1 { \seq_use:Nn #1 { } } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:N { c } %</deprecated> % \end{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx index dc164dc20c8..e4c1329a728 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 4415 2013-01-08 12:32:51Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Token lists} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ % \TeX{} skips spaces when reading a non-delimited arguments. Thus, % a \meta{token list} is blank if and only if \cs{use_none:n} % \meta{token list} |?| is empty. For performance reasons, we hard-code -% the emptyness test done in \cs{tl_if_empty:n(TF)}: convert to harmless +% the emptiness test done in \cs{tl_if_empty:n(TF)}: convert to harmless % characters with \cs{tl_to_str:n}, and then use % \cs{if_meaning:w} \cs{q_nil} |...| \cs{q_nil}. % Note that converting to a string is done after reading the delimited @@ -1730,7 +1730,7 @@ % of |#2|. If this does not appear in |#1|, then the final |#2| is removed, % leaving an empty token list. Otherwise some tokens remain, and the % test is \texttt{false}. See \cs{tl_if_empty:n(TF)} for details on -% the emptyness test. +% the emptiness test. % % Special care is needed to treat correctly cases like % |\tl_if_in:nnTF {a state}{states}|, where |#1#2| contains |#2| before diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx index 16e5510475a..34427af0d1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3kernel/l3token.dtx @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ % %<*driver|package> \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 4428 2013-01-10 13:23:29Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental token manipulation} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -1556,7 +1556,7 @@ % thinks of such tokens as hexadecimal so it stores them as % |\char"|\meta{hex~number} or |\mathchar"|\meta{hex~number}. % Grab until the first occurrence of |char"|, and compare what -% preceeds with |\| or |\math|. In fact, the escape character +% precedes with |\| or |\math|. In fact, the escape character % may not be a backslash, so we compare with the result of % converting some other control sequence to a string, namely % |\char| or |\mathchar| (the auxiliary adds the |char| back). @@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ % The catcode and charcode tests are very similar, and in order to use % the same auxiliaries we do something a little bit odd, firing % \cs{if_catcode:w} and \cs{if_charcode:w} before finding the operands -% for those tests, which will only be given in in the |auxii:N| and +% for those tests, which will only be given in the |auxii:N| and % |auxiii:| auxiliaries. For our purposes, three kinds of tokens may % follow the peeking function: % \begin{itemize} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx index 4e7635b8be3..7c3661493a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.dtx @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ %<*driver|package> % The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as % some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage. -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] -%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] +%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/07/12} %<package> {} %<package> {% %<package> \PackageError{l3keys2e}{Support package l3kernel too old} @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ %<package> }% %<package> \endinput %<package> } -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {LaTeX2e option processing using LaTeX3 keys} %</driver|package> %<*driver> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx index 64a7cb504d9..be5242226ba 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.dtx @@ -41,8 +41,8 @@ %<*driver|package> % The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as % some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage. -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] -%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] +%<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/07/12} %<package> {} %<package> {% %<package> \PackageError{xparse}{Support package l3kernel too old} @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ %<package> }% %<package> \endinput %<package> } -\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental document command parser} %</driver|package> %<*driver> @@ -344,10 +344,10 @@ % \begin{verbatim} % \DeclareDocumentCommand \chapter { s o m } % { -% \IfBooleanTF {#1} -% { \typesetnormalchapter {#2} {#3} } -% { \typesetstarchapter {#3} } -% } +% \IfBooleanTF {#1} +% { \typesetstarchapter {#3} } +% { \typesetnormalchapter {#2} {#3} } +% } % \end{verbatim} % would be a way to define a \cs{chapter} command which would % essentially behave like the current \LaTeXe{} command (except that it @@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ % \cs{ReverseBoolean} % \end{syntax} % This processor reverses the logic of \cs{BooleanTrue} and -% \cs{BooleanFalse}, so that the the example from earlier would become +% \cs{BooleanFalse}, so that the example from earlier would become % \begin{verbatim} % \DeclareDocumentCommand \foo { > { \ReverseBoolean } s m } % { @@ -1955,7 +1955,7 @@ % to collect up each pair of optional tokens without \TeX{} helping out, % and without counting anything. The code above will already have % removed the leading opening token and a closing token, but the -% wrong one. The aim is then to work through the the material grabbed +% wrong one. The aim is then to work through the material grabbed % so far and divide it up on each opening token, grabbing a closing % token to match (thus working in pairs). Once there are no opening % tokens, then there is a second check to see if there are any @@ -2308,7 +2308,7 @@ % \begin{variable}{\l_@@_v_rest_of_signature_tl} % \begin{variable}{\l_@@_v_arg_tl} % The opening delimiter is never read verbatim, for consistency: if the -% preceeding argument was optional and absent, then \TeX{} has already read +% preceding argument was optional and absent, then \TeX{} has already read % that token when looking for the optional argument. The first thing % to check is that this delimiter is a character, and distinguish the % case of a left brace (in that case, \cs{group_align_safe_end:} @@ -2820,7 +2820,7 @@ % % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_expandable_grab_R_alt:w} % \begin{macro}[EXP]{\@@_expandable_grab_R_alt_aux:NNnwNn} -% When the delimiters are identical, nesting is not possble and a simplified +% When the delimiters are identical, nesting is not possible and a simplified % approach is used. The test concept here is the same as for the case where % the delimiters are different. % \begin{macrocode} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx index f8467ce2a14..4730ece2af6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.dtx @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ %<*driver|package> % The version of expl3 required is tested as early as possible, as % some really old versions do not define \ProvidesExplPackage. -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] %<package>\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} %<package> {} %<package> {% @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ %<package> }% %<package> \endinput %<package> } -\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental prototype document functions} %</driver|package> %<*driver> diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.sty index fb5cc34221f..ace519666d8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3dt/l3dt.sty @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3dt.dtx 4420 2013-01-08 20:00:04Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3dt.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental data tables} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.sty index 21c29315228..71ce3d901e9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3sort/l3sort.sty @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3sort.dtx 4339 2012-11-24 19:16:43Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3sort.dtx 4491 2013-05-12 16:22:18Z bruno $ {L3 Experimental sorting functions} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -60,33 +60,6 @@ \int_new:N \l__sort_A_int \int_new:N \l__sort_B_int \int_new:N \l__sort_C_int -\cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 { \__sort_quick:nNn {#1} #2 { } } -\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick:nNn #1#2 - { - \exp_after:wN \__sort_quick:wn - \use_none:n #1 \__prg_break_point: - \__sort_quick:nnNnn { } { } #2 - #1 - { \__prg_break_point: } - \__prg_break_point: - } -\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick:wn #1 \__prg_break_point: #2 {#2} -\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick:nnNnn #1#2#3#4#5 - { - \__prg_break: #5 - \__sort_quick:nnNnwn {#1} {#2} - \__prg_break_point: - #3 {#4} {#5} - { \__sort_quick:nnNnn {#1} { #2 {#5} } } - { \__sort_quick:nnNnn { #1 {#5} } {#2} } - #3 {#4} - } -\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick:nnNnwn - #1#2 \__prg_break_point: #3#4 #5 \__prg_break_point: #6 - { - \__sort_quick:nNn {#2} #3 - { \__sort_quick:nNn {#1} #3 {#6} {#4} } - } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__sort_main:NNNnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 { \group_begin: @@ -133,10 +106,10 @@ { \__sort_toks:NNw \prg_do_nothing: \prg_do_nothing: 0 ; } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \clist_sort:Nn - { \__sort_sort:NNn \tl_set:Nn } + { \__sort_clist:NNn \tl_set:Nn } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \clist_gsort:Nn - { \__sort_sort:NNn \tl_gset:Nn } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__sort_sort:NNn #1#2#3 + { \__sort_clist:NNn \tl_gset:Nn } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__sort_clist:NNn #1#2#3 { \clist_if_empty:NF #2 { @@ -232,6 +205,87 @@ \fi: \__sort_merge_blocks_end: } +\cs_new:Npn \tl_sort:nN #1#2 + { + \exp_not:f + { + \tl_if_blank:nF {#1} + { + \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #2 { } { } + #1 + { \__prg_break_point: \__sort_quick_prepare_end:NNNnw } + \q_stop + } + } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \__prg_break: #4 \__prg_break_point: + \__sort_quick_prepare:Nnnn #1 { #2 #3 } { #1 {#4} } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_prepare_end:NNNnw #1#2#3#4#5 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #4 \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } + \q_mark { \__sort_quick_cleanup:w \exp_stop_f: } + \s__stop \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_cleanup:w #1 \s__stop \q_stop {#1} +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1#2#3#4 + { + #3 {#2} {#4} \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_single_end:nnnwnw + { #3 {#4} } { } { } {#2} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_only_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_only_i_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { #3 #2 } { } {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_only_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_only_ii_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { } { #4 #2 } {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } { #3 #2 } {#4} {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn #1#2#3#4#5#6#7 + { + #6 {#5} {#7} \__sort_quick_split_ii:NnnnnNn \__sort_quick_split_i:NnnnnNn + \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw + { #6 {#7} } {#3} { #4 #2 } {#5} + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn #1#2#3#4#5#6 {#5} +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_single_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { #5 {#3} #6 \q_stop } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_i_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark {#5} + {#3} + #6 \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_only_ii_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #2 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark { #5 {#3} } + #6 \q_stop + } +\cs_new:Npn \__sort_quick_split_end:nnnwnw #1#2#3#4 \q_mark #5#6 \q_stop + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #2 \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark + { + \__sort_quick_split:NnNn #1 + \__sort_quick_end:nnTFNn { } \q_mark {#5} + {#3} + } + #6 \q_stop + } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__sort_too_long_error:NNw #1#2 \fi: { \fi: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex-trace.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex-trace.sty index 91a6eab725f..a06c2d882db 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex-trace.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex-trace.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4455 2013-01-22 20:38:19Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental regular expressions} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.sty index 89f631f7e0b..f3438ed74f6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3regex.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4455 2013-01-22 20:38:19Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3regex.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental regular expressions} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.sty index 5291a394382..122f0341a8e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str-convert.sty @@ -484,6 +484,23 @@ } } \group_end: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__str_convert_decode_clist: + { + \clist_set:No \g__str_result_tl \g__str_result_tl + \tl_gset:Nx \g__str_result_tl + { + \exp_args:No \clist_map_function:nN + \g__str_result_tl \__str_decode_clist_char:n + } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__str_decode_clist_char:n #1 + { #1 \s__tl \int_eval:n {#1} \s__tl } +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__str_convert_encode_clist: + { + \__str_convert_gmap_internal:N \__str_encode_clist_char:n + \tl_gset:Nx \g__str_result_tl { \tl_tail:N \g__str_result_tl } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__str_encode_clist_char:n #1 { , #1 } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__str_declare_eight_bit_encoding:nnn #1#2#3 { \tl_set:Nn \l__str_internal_tl {#1} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.sty index 15d29def3e8..40b503280e3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/l3str/l3str.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{expl3} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3str.dtx 4452 2013-01-20 10:18:32Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3str.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental strings} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.sty index a05256b4f44..ec016098bdd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3experimental/xgalley/l3galley.sty @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ %% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. %% %% File: l3galley.dtx Copyright (C) 1999-2001, 2004-2009 Frank Mittelbach -%% (C) 2010-2012 The LaTeX3 Project +%% (C) 2010-2013 The LaTeX3 Project %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the %% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{xparse} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3galley.dtx 4402 2013-01-08 08:59:44Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3galley.dtx 4494 2013-05-24 06:27:01Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental galley code} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ { \__galley_parshape_measure: } } { - \prg_replicate:nn \g__galley_previous_par_lines_int + \prg_replicate:nn \g_galley_previous_par_lines_int { \seq_gpop:NN \g__galley_cutout_left_seq \l__galley_tmp_tl \seq_gpop:NN \g__galley_cutout_right_seq \l__galley_tmp_tl @@ -611,7 +611,7 @@ \int_compare:nNnTF \tex_parshape:D = \c_zero { \tl_put_right:Nn \l__galley_tmp_tl - { \l__galley_total_left_margin_dim \l__galley_text_width_dim } + { \l__galley_total_left_margin_dim \l_galley_text_width_dim } } { \tl_put_right:Nx \l__galley_tmp_tl @@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ { \dim_eval:n { \l__galley_total_left_margin_dim + ( #1 ) } \c_space_tl - \dim_eval:n { \l__galley_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } + \dim_eval:n { \l_galley_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } \c_space_tl } { @@ -652,10 +652,19 @@ \int_incr:N \l__galley_tmp_int \tl_put_right:Nx \l__galley_tmp_tl { - \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapeindent:D \l__galley_tmp_int } - \c_space_tl - \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapelength:D \l__galley_tmp_int - ( #1 ) } - \c_space_tl + \int_compare:nNnTF \l__galley_tmp_int > \tex_parshape:D + { + \dim_use:N \l__galley_total_left_margin_dim + \c_space_tl + \dim_eval:n { \l_galley_text_width_dim - ( #1 ) } + \c_space_tl + } + { + \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapeindent:D \l__galley_tmp_int } + \c_space_tl + \dim_eval:n { \etex_parshapelength:D \l__galley_tmp_int - ( #1 ) } + \c_space_tl + } } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__galley_cutout_end:n #1 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty index 1685d6fc174..d8105f61edb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/expl3.sty @@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ } \def\ExplFileName{expl3} \def\ExplFileDescription{L3 Experimental code bundle wrapper} -\def\ExplFileDate{2013/03/14} -\def\ExplFileVersion{4469} +\def\ExplFileDate{2013/07/12} +\def\ExplFileVersion{4544} \RequirePackage{etex} \relax \reserveinserts{32} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty index 52e7a7f3735..703d134e38b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3basics.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 4428 2013-01-10 13:23:29Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3basics.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Basic definitions} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty index af3070bcaaa..32f90af3a29 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3box.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 4411 2013-01-08 12:21:52Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3box.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental boxes} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.sty index 109bf7a2733..586823f2c55 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3candidates.sty @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ %% %% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. %% -%% File: l3candidates.dtx Copyright(C) 2012 The LaTeX3 Project +%% File: l3candidates.dtx Copyright(C) 2012,2013 The LaTeX3 Project %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the %% LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL), either version 1.3c of this @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3candidates.dtx 4468 2013-03-14 20:30:45Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3candidates.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental additions to l3kernel} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -491,32 +491,6 @@ { \__clist_if_empty_n:wNw } } \cs_new:Npn \__clist_if_empty_n:wNw #1 \q_mark #2#3 \q_stop {#2} -\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 - { - \clist_if_exist:NTF #1 - { - \int_case:nnn { \clist_count:N #1 } - { - { 0 } { } - { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:wwn #1 , , { } } - { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:wwn #1 , {#2} } - } - { - \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn - \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 , - \q_mark , { \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } - \q_mark , { \__clist_use:nwwn {#4} } - \q_stop { } - } - } - { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } - } -\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:wwn #1 , #2 , #3 { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn - #1#2 , #3 , #4 , #5 \q_mark , #6#7 \q_stop #8 - { #6 {#3} , {#4} , #5 \q_mark , {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:nwwn #1#2 , #3 \q_stop #4 - { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } \fp_new:N \l__coffin_sin_fp \fp_new:N \l__coffin_cos_fp \prop_new:N \l__coffin_bounding_prop @@ -798,14 +772,11 @@ } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \prop_map_tokens:Nn { c } \cs_new:Npn \prop_get:Nn #1#2 - { \__prop_get:No #1 { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } } -\cs_new:Npn \__prop_get:Nn #1#2 { - \exp_last_unbraced:Nno \__prop_get_Nn:nwn {#2} #1 - \s__prop #2 \s__prop { } + \exp_last_unbraced:Noo \__prop_get_Nn:nwn { \tl_to_str:n {#2} } #1 + \s__prop \tl_to_str:n {#2} \s__prop { } \__prg_break_point: } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__prop_get:Nn { No } \cs_new:Npn \__prop_get_Nn:nwn #1 \s__prop #2 \s__prop #3 { \str_if_eq_x:nnTF {#1} {#2} @@ -928,37 +899,17 @@ #1 #2 { #3 } \__seq_pop_item_def: } -\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 +\cs_new_eq:NN \dim_to_pt:n \__dim_strip_pt:n +\cs_new:Npn \dim_to_unit:nn #1#2 { - \seq_if_exist:NTF #1 + \dim_to_pt:n { - \int_case:nnn { \seq_count:N #1 } - { - { 0 } { } - { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:NnNnn #1 \__seq_item:n { } { } } - { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:NnNnn #1 {#2} } - } - { - \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn - \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 \__seq_item:n - \q_mark { \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } - \q_mark { \__seq_use:nwwn {#4} } - \q_stop { } - } + 1pt * \__dim_to_unit:n { \dim_to_pt:n {#1} pt } + / \__dim_to_unit:n { \dim_to_pt:n {#2} pt } } - { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } - } -\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:NnNnn \__seq_item:n #1 \__seq_item:n #2#3 - { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn - #1 \__seq_item:n #2 \__seq_item:n #3 \__seq_item:n #4#5 - \q_mark #6#7 \q_stop #8 - { - #6 \__seq_item:n {#3} \__seq_item:n {#4} #5 - \q_mark {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } } -\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:nwwn #1 \__seq_item:n #2 #3 \q_stop #4 - { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \__dim_to_unit:n #1 + { \__int_value:w \__dim_eval:w #1 \__dim_eval_end: } \cs_new:Npn \skip_split_finite_else_action:nnNN #1#2#3#4 { \skip_if_finite:nTF {#1} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty index c06c5498149..2a216e4ff73 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3clist.sty @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 4414 2013-01-08 12:32:12Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3clist.dtx 4500 2013-05-26 11:18:19Z bruno $ {L3 Comma separated lists} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -411,6 +411,36 @@ \exp_not:N \tl_if_blank:nF {#1} { + \c_one } \exp_not:N \__clist_count:w \c_space_tl } +\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \clist_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \int_case:nnn { \clist_count:N #1 } + { + { 0 } { } + { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:wwn #1 , , { } } + { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:wwn #1 , {#2} } + } + { + \exp_after:wN \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn + \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 , + \q_mark , { \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } + \q_mark , { \__clist_use:nwwn {#4} } + \q_stop { } + } + } + { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_use:Nnnn { c } +\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:wwn #1 , #2 , #3 { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:nwwwwnwn + #1#2 , #3 , #4 , #5 \q_mark , #6#7 \q_stop #8 + { #6 {#3} , {#4} , #5 \q_mark , {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \__clist_use:nwwn #1#2 , #3 \q_stop #4 + { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \clist_use:Nn #1#2 + { \clist_use:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#2} {#2} } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \clist_use:Nn { c } \cs_new_protected:Npn \clist_show:N #1 { \__msg_show_variable:Nnn #1 { clist } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls index 9fa07d959ef..d3dd89238cb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3doc.cls @@ -4,8 +4,7 @@ %% %% The original source files were: %% -%% l3doc.dtx (with options: `class,cfg') -%% +%% l3doc.dtx (with options: `class') %% %% EXPERIMENTAL CODE %% @@ -14,7 +13,6 @@ %% %% Do not distribute a modified version of this file. %% -%% %% File: l3doc.dtx Copyright (C) 1990-2012 The LaTeX3 project %% %% It may be distributed and/or modified under the conditions of the @@ -1459,51 +1457,6 @@ \DisableCrossrefs \OnlyDescription } -\tl_new:N \Team -\tl_set:Nn \Team - { - The~\LaTeX3~Project\thanks - { - Frank~Mittelbach,~Denys~Duchier,~Chris~Rowley,~ - Rainer~Sch\"opf,~Johannes~Braams,~Michael~Downes,~ - David~Carlisle,~Alan~Jeffrey,~Morten~H\o{}gholm,~Thomas~Lotze,~ - Javier~Bezos,~Will~Robertson,~Joseph~Wright,~Bruno~Le~Floch - } - } -\NewDocumentCommand{\ExplMakeTitle}{mm} - { - \title - { - The~\pkg{#1}~package \\ #2 - \thanks - { - This~file~describes~v\ExplFileVersion,~ - last~revised~\ExplFileDate. - } - } - \author - { - The~\LaTeX3~Project\thanks{E-mail:~ - \href{mailto:latex-l@listserv.uni-heidelberg.de} - {latex-l@listserv.uni-heidelberg.de}} - } - \date{Released~\ExplFileDate} - \maketitle - } -\DeclareDocumentCommand\ie{}{\emph{i.e.}} -\DeclareDocumentCommand\eg{}{\emph{e.g.}} -\DeclareDocumentCommand\Ie{}{\emph{I.e.}} -\DeclareDocumentCommand\Eg{}{\emph{E.g.}} -\AtBeginDocument - { - \clist_map_inline:nn - { - asin, acos, atan, acot, - asinh, acosh, atanh, acoth, round, floor, ceil - } - { \exp_args:Nc \DeclareMathOperator{#1}{#1} } - } -\NewDocumentCommand { \nan } { } { \text { \texttt { nan } } } %% %% %% End of file `l3doc.cls'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvipdfmx.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvipdfmx.def index 2924160ac17..bf00bdedecb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvipdfmx.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvipdfmx.def @@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4280 2012-11-07 07:13:51Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4505 2013-06-28 22:06:04Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental drivers} \ProvidesExplFile {l3dvidpfmx.def}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion} {L3 Experimental driver: dvipdfmx} \__expl_package_check: \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_graphic_state_save: - { \tex_special:D { pdf:bcontent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~q } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_graphic_state_restore: - { \tex_special:D { pdf:econtent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~Q } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__driver_pdf_literal:n #1 { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~ #1 } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__driver_pdf_literal_direct:n #1 @@ -72,8 +72,12 @@ \__dim_strip_bp:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } ~ re~W~n } + \__driver_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } + \__driver_graphic_state_save: + \__driver_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 } \__driver_graphic_state_restore: + \__driver_graphic_state_restore: \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_box_rotate_begin: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvips.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvips.def index fd499957e55..355f52bd4ad 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvips.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3dvips.def @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4280 2012-11-07 07:13:51Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4505 2013-06-28 22:06:04Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental drivers} \ProvidesExplFile {l3dvips.def}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.sty index efd3425ec59..69dc9b3593a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3expan.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3expan.dtx 4458 2013-02-03 15:49:37Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3expan.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Argument expansion} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty index f86225c08d8..16c7c74ede6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3file.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 4446 2013-01-14 00:03:17Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3file.dtx 4483 2013-05-01 10:57:41Z bruno $ {L3 File and I/O operations} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ { \__ior_open:No #1 \l__file_internal_name_tl } } \prg_new_protected_conditional:Npnn \ior_open:Nn #1#2 { T , F , TF } - { \__file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \__ior_open:NnTF #1 } } + { \__file_name_sanitize:nn {#2} { \__ior_open_aux:NnTF #1 } } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnT { c } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnF { c } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \ior_open:NnTF { c } diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty index 6bbe576f511..9b38f5dde9e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3fp.sty @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 4449 2013-01-19 23:55:05Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3fp.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Floating points} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty index b104958c41f..fcff17590c0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3int.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 4444 2013-01-13 20:27:20Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3int.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Integers} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty index e232f8e1645..ab3bf0dcd66 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3keys.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 4461 2013-02-24 18:55:17Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental key-value interfaces} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -198,8 +198,11 @@ \cs_if_exist:cTF { \c__keys_props_root_tl \l__keys_property_tl } { \__keys_define_key:n {#2} } { - \__msg_kernel_error:nnxx { kernel } { property-unknown } - { \l__keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl } + \str_if_eq_x:nnF { \l__keys_property_tl } { .abort: } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnxx { kernel } { property-unknown } + { \l__keys_property_tl } { \l_keys_path_tl } + } } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_property_find:n #1 @@ -207,7 +210,10 @@ \tl_set:Nx \l_keys_path_tl { \l__keys_module_tl / } \tl_if_in:nnTF {#1} { . } { \__keys_property_find:w #1 \q_stop } - { \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { key-no-property } {#1} } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } { key-no-property } {#1} + \tl_set:Nn \l__keys_property_tl { .abort: } + } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_property_find:w #1 . #2 \q_stop { @@ -236,7 +242,7 @@ } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_define_key:w #1 : #2 \q_stop { \tl_if_empty:nTF {#2} } -\cs_new:Npn \__keys_bool_set:NN #1#2 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_bool_set:Nn #1#2 { \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 } \__keys_choice_make: @@ -251,7 +257,8 @@ } \__keys_default_set:n { true } } -\cs_new:Npn \__keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1#2 +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_bool_set:Nn { c } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1#2 { \bool_if_exist:NF #1 { \bool_new:N #1 } \__keys_choice_make: @@ -266,6 +273,7 @@ } \__keys_default_set:n { true } } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_bool_set_inverse:Nn { c } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__keys_choice_make: { \__keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } @@ -292,55 +300,12 @@ } } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choices_generate:n #1 - { - \cs_if_exist:cTF - { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - { - \__keys_choice_make: - \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int - \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \__keys_choices_generate_aux:n - } - { - \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } - { generate-choices-before-code } { \l_keys_path_tl } - } - } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choices_generate_aux:n #1 - { - \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int - \__keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 } - { - \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1} - \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int - { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int } - \exp_not:v - { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - } - } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choice_code_store:n #1 - { - \cs_if_exist:cF - { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - { - \tl_new:c - { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - } - \tl_set:cn { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } - {#1} - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_choice_code_store:n { x } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_cmd_set:nn #1#2 { \__keys_cmd_set:n {#1} \cs_set:cpn { \c__keys_code_root_tl #1 } ##1 {#2} } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_cmd_set:nx #1#2 - { - \__keys_cmd_set:n {#1} - \cs_set:cpx { \c__keys_code_root_tl #1 } ##1 {#2} - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_cmd_set:nn { Vo } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_cmd_set:nn { nx , Vn , Vo } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_cmd_set:n #1 { \tl_clear_new:c { \c__keys_vars_root_tl #1 .default } @@ -349,25 +314,17 @@ } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_default_set:n #1 { \tl_set:cn { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .default } {#1} } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_default_set:n { V } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_initialise:n #1 - { - \use:x - { \exp_after:wN \__keys_initialise:wn \l_keys_path_tl \q_stop {#1} } - } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_initialise:n { V } -\cs_new:Npn \__keys_initialise:wn #1 / #2 \q_stop #3 - { \keys_set:nn {#1} { #2 = \exp_not:n { {#3} } } } + { \exp_after:wN \__keys_initialise:wn \l_keys_path_tl \q_stop {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_initialise:wn #1 / #2 \q_stop #3 + { \keys_set:nn {#1} { #2 = {#3} } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_meta_make:n #1 { \__keys_cmd_set:Vo \l_keys_path_tl { \exp_after:wN \keys_set:nn \exp_after:wN { \l__keys_module_tl } {#1} } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_meta_make:x #1 - { - \__keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } - { \exp_not:N \keys_set:nn { \l__keys_module_tl } {#1} } - } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_meta_make:nn #1#2 + { \__keys_cmd_set:Vn \l_keys_path_tl { \keys_set:nn {#1} {#2} } } \cs_new:Npn \__keys_multichoice_find:n #1 { \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \__keys_choice_find:n } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__keys_multichoice_make: @@ -402,110 +359,127 @@ { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .req } { c__keys_value_ #1 _tl } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1#2#3#4 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1#2#3#4 { \use:c { #2_if_exist:NF } #1 { \use:c { #2 _new:N } #1 } \__keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } - { \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 {##1} } + { \exp_not:c { #2 _ #3 set:N #4 } \exp_not:N #1 \exp_not:n { {##1} } } } -\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1#2#3 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 {#2} { } #3 } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_variable_set:NnNN { c } -\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_variable_set:NnN { c } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_variable_set:NnnN { c } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_bool_set:NN #1 { } } + { \__keys_bool_set:Nn #1 { } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_set:c } #1 + { \__keys_bool_set:cn {#1} { } } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_bool_set:NN #1 g } + { \__keys_bool_set:Nn #1 { g } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset:c } #1 + { \__keys_bool_set:cn {#1} { g } } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:N } #1 - { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 { } } + { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1 { } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_set_inverse:c } #1 + { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:cn {#1} { } } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:N } #1 - { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:NN #1 g } + { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:Nn #1 { g } } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .bool_gset_inverse:c } #1 + { \__keys_bool_set_inverse:cn {#1} { g } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choice: } { \__keys_choice_make: } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choices:nn } #1 { \__keys_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choices:Vn } #1 + { \exp_args:NV \__keys_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choices:on } #1 + { \exp_args:No \__keys_choices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choices:xn } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \__keys_choices_make:nn #1 } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .code:n } #1 { \__keys_cmd_set:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .code:x } #1 - { \__keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl } {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choice_code:n } #1 - { \__keys_choice_code_store:n {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choice_code:x } #1 - { \__keys_choice_code_store:x {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .clist_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { clist } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { clist } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .clist_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { clist } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { clist } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .clist_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { clist } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { clist } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .clist_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { clist } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { clist } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .default:n } #1 { \__keys_default_set:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .default:V } #1 - { \__keys_default_set:V #1 } + { \exp_args:NV \__keys_default_set:n #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .default:o } #1 + { \exp_args:No \__keys_default_set:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .default:x } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \__keys_default_set:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .dim_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { dim } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { dim } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .dim_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { dim } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { dim } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .dim_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { dim } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { dim } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .dim_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { dim } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { dim } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .fp_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { fp } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { fp } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .fp_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { fp } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { fp } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .fp_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { fp } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { fp } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .fp_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { fp } g n } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .generate_choices:n } #1 - { \__keys_choices_generate:n {#1} } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { fp } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .initial:n } #1 { \__keys_initialise:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .initial:V } #1 - { \__keys_initialise:V #1 } + { \exp_args:NV \__keys_initialise:n #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .initial:o } #1 + { \exp_args:No \__keys_initialise:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .initial:x } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \__keys_initialise:n {#1} } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .int_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { int } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { int } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .int_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { int } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { int } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .int_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { int } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { int } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .int_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { int } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { int } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .meta:n } #1 { \__keys_meta_make:n {#1} } -\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .meta:x } #1 - { \__keys_meta_make:x {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .meta:nn } #1 + { \__keys_meta_make:nn #1 } \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .multichoice: } { \__keys_multichoice_make: } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:nn } #1 { \__keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:Vn } #1 + { \exp_args:NV \__keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:on } #1 + { \exp_args:No \__keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .multichoices:xn } #1 + { \exp_args:Nx \__keys_multichoices_make:nn #1 } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .skip_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { skip } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { skip } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .skip_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { skip } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { skip } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .skip_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { skip } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { skip } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .skip_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { skip } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { skip } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_set:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { tl } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_set:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { tl } n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_set_x:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnN #1 { tl } x } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_set_x:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnN {#1} { tl } x } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_gset:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { tl } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_gset:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { tl } g n } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { g } n } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_gset_x:N } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:NnNN #1 { tl } g x } + { \__keys_variable_set:NnnN #1 { tl } { g } x } \cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .tl_gset_x:c } #1 - { \__keys_variable_set:cnNN {#1} { tl } g x } + { \__keys_variable_set:cnnN {#1} { tl } { g } x } \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .value_forbidden: } { \__keys_value_requirement:n { forbidden } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .value_required: } @@ -530,7 +504,7 @@ \keyval_parse:NNn \__keys_set_elt:n \__keys_set_elt:nn {#3} \cs_set_eq:NN \__keys_execute_unknown: \__keys_execute_unknown_std: \tl_set:Nn \l__keys_module_tl {#1} - \clist_set_eq:NN #4 \l__keys_unknown_clist + \cs_set_eq:NN #4 \l__keys_unknown_clist } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \keys_set_known:nnN { nV , nv , no } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_set_known:nnnN { o } @@ -593,9 +567,9 @@ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: } } -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute: { \__keys_execute:nn { \l_keys_path_tl } { \__keys_execute_unknown: } } -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute_unknown: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute_unknown: { \__keys_execute:nn { \l__keys_module_tl / unknown } { @@ -604,7 +578,7 @@ } } \cs_new_eq:NN \__keys_execute_unknown_std: \__keys_execute_unknown: -\cs_new_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute_unknown_alt: +\cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__keys_execute_unknown_alt: { \clist_put_right:Nx \l__keys_unknown_clist { @@ -639,7 +613,7 @@ { \prg_return_true: } { \prg_return_false: } } -\cs_new:Npn \keys_show:nn #1#2 +\cs_new_protected:Npn \keys_show:nn #1#2 { \cs_show:c { \c__keys_code_root_tl #1 / \tl_to_str:n {#2} } } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { boolean-values-only } { Key~'#1'~accepts~boolean~values~only. } @@ -650,20 +624,18 @@ The~key~'#1'~takes~a~limited~number~of~values.\\ The~input~given,~'#2',~is~not~on~the~list~accepted. } -\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { generate-choices-before-code } - { No~code~available~to~generate~choices~for~key~'#1'. } +\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-choice-unknown } + { Key~'#1'~accepts~only~a~fixed~set~of~choices. } { - \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - Before~using~.generate_choices:n~the~code~should~be~defined~ - with~'.choice_code:n'~or~'.choice_code:x'. + The~key~'#1'~only~accepts~predefined~values,~and~'#2'~is~not~one~of~these. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-no-property } { No~property~given~in~definition~of~key~'#1'. } { \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - Inside~\keys_define:nn each~key~name - needs~a~property: \\ - ~ ~ #1 .<property> \\ + Inside~\keys_define:nn each~key~name~ + needs~a~property: \\ \\ + \iow_indent:n { #1 .<property> } \\ \\ LaTeX~did~not~find~a~'.'~to~indicate~the~start~of~a~property. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { key-unknown } @@ -676,7 +648,7 @@ { The~property~'#1'~requires~a~value. } { \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl - LaTeX~was~asked~to~set~property~'#2'~for~key~'#1'.\\ + LaTeX~was~asked~to~set~property~'#1'~for~key~'#2'.\\ No~value~was~given~for~the~property,~and~one~is~required. } \__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { property-unknown } @@ -698,6 +670,57 @@ The~key~'#1'~must~have~a~value.\\ No~value~was~present:~the~key~will~be~ignored. } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choice_code_store:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cF + { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + { + \tl_new:c + { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + } + \tl_set:cn { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + {#1} + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \__keys_choice_code_store:n { x } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choice_code:n } #1 + { \__keys_choice_code_store:n {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .choice_code:x } #1 + { \__keys_choice_code_store:x {#1} } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choices_generate:n #1 + { + \cs_if_exist:cTF + { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + { + \__keys_choice_make: + \int_zero:N \l_keys_choice_int + \clist_map_function:nN {#1} \__keys_choices_generate_aux:n + } + { + \__msg_kernel_error:nnx { kernel } + { generate-choices-before-code } { \l_keys_path_tl } + } + } +\cs_new_protected:Npn \__keys_choices_generate_aux:n #1 + { + \int_incr:N \l_keys_choice_int + \__keys_cmd_set:nx { \l_keys_path_tl / #1 } + { + \tl_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_tl {#1} + \int_set:Nn \exp_not:N \l_keys_choice_int + { \int_use:N \l_keys_choice_int } + \exp_not:v + { \c__keys_vars_root_tl \l_keys_path_tl .choice~code } + } + } +\__msg_kernel_new:nnnn { kernel } { generate-choices-before-code } + { No~code~available~to~generate~choices~for~key~'#1'. } + { + \c_msg_coding_error_text_tl + Before~using~.generate_choices:n~the~code~should~be~defined~ + with~'.choice_code:n'~or~'.choice_code:x'. + } +\cs_new_protected:cpn { \c__keys_props_root_tl .generate_choices:n } #1 + { \__keys_choices_generate:n {#1} } %% %% %% End of file `l3keys.sty'. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3pdfmode.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3pdfmode.def index 1d31d48342c..377d6c31d84 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3pdfmode.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3pdfmode.def @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4280 2012-11-07 07:13:51Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4505 2013-06-28 22:06:04Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental drivers} \ProvidesExplFile {l3pdfmode.def}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty index 957a8300b4c..8bc31c71ee5 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3prg.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 4459 2013-02-13 09:21:15Z will $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3prg.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Control structures} %% \ProvidesExplPackage diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty index 11ace1c7380..46447aae9a1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3quark.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 4268 2012-11-04 22:19:48Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3quark.dtx 4521 2013-07-09 11:45:31Z joseph $ {L3 Quarks} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty index b80717c08ec..80ee168e421 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3seq.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 4434 2013-01-12 09:33:40Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3seq.dtx 4500 2013-05-26 11:18:19Z bruno $ {L3 Sequences and stacks} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} @@ -391,6 +391,41 @@ } \cs_new:Npn \__seq_count:n #1 { + \c_one } \cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_count:N { c } +\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nnnn #1#2#3#4 + { + \seq_if_exist:NTF #1 + { + \int_case:nnn { \seq_count:N #1 } + { + { 0 } { } + { 1 } { \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:NnNnn #1 \__seq_item:n { } { } } + { 2 } { \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:NnNnn #1 {#2} } + } + { + \exp_after:wN \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn + \exp_after:wN { \exp_after:wN } #1 \__seq_item:n + \q_mark { \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn {#3} } + \q_mark { \__seq_use:nwwn {#4} } + \q_stop { } + } + } + { \__msg_kernel_expandable_error:nnn { kernel } { bad-variable } {#1} } + } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:Nnnn { c } +\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:NnNnn \__seq_item:n #1 \__seq_item:n #2#3 + { \exp_not:n { #1 #3 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:nwwwwnwn + #1 \__seq_item:n #2 \__seq_item:n #3 \__seq_item:n #4#5 + \q_mark #6#7 \q_stop #8 + { + #6 \__seq_item:n {#3} \__seq_item:n {#4} #5 + \q_mark {#6} #7 \q_stop { #8 #1 #2 } + } +\cs_new:Npn \__seq_use:nwwn #1 \__seq_item:n #2 #3 \q_stop #4 + { \exp_not:n { #4 #1 #2 } } +\cs_new:Npn \seq_use:Nn #1#2 + { \seq_use:Nnnn #1 {#2} {#2} {#2} } +\cs_generate_variant:Nn \seq_use:Nn { c } \cs_new_eq:NN \seq_push:Nn \seq_put_left:Nn \cs_new_eq:NN \seq_push:NV \seq_put_left:NV \cs_new_eq:NN \seq_push:Nv \seq_put_left:Nv diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty index 28148389931..4cd85c60ac6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3tl.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 4415 2013-01-08 12:32:51Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3tl.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Token lists} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty index 5dd39858b49..255da5c2d5e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3token.sty @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 4428 2013-01-10 13:23:29Z bruno $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3token.dtx 4482 2013-04-24 21:05:12Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental token manipulation} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3xdvipdfmx.def b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3xdvipdfmx.def index dceeb7d5585..0c0ba1fb2b4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3xdvipdfmx.def +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3kernel/l3xdvipdfmx.def @@ -47,16 +47,16 @@ %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% \RequirePackage{l3bootstrap} -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4280 2012-11-07 07:13:51Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3drivers.dtx 4505 2013-06-28 22:06:04Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental drivers} \ProvidesExplFile {l3xdvidpfmx.def}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion} {L3 Experimental driver: xdvipdfmx} \__expl_package_check: \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_graphic_state_save: - { \tex_special:D { pdf:bcontent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~q } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_graphic_state_restore: - { \tex_special:D { pdf:econtent } } + { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~Q } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__driver_pdf_literal:n #1 { \tex_special:D { pdf:content~ #1 } } \cs_new_protected:Npn \__driver_pdf_literal_direct:n #1 @@ -72,8 +72,12 @@ \__dim_strip_bp:n { \box_ht:N #1 + \box_dp:N #1 } ~ re~W~n } + \__driver_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } + \__driver_graphic_state_save: + \__driver_pdf_matrix:n { -1~0~0~-1 } \hbox_overlap_right:n { \box_use:N #1 } \__driver_graphic_state_restore: + \__driver_graphic_state_restore: \skip_horizontal:n { \box_wd:N #1 } } \cs_new_protected_nopar:Npn \__driver_box_rotate_begin: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty index eff969849a0..dfa1f56700a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/l3keys2e/l3keys2e.sty @@ -46,8 +46,8 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] -\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] +\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/07/12} {} {% \PackageError{l3keys2e}{Support package l3kernel too old} @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ }% \endinput } -\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: l3keys2e.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {LaTeX2e option processing using LaTeX3 keys} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty index fd2d7b22112..705265bc4f3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xparse/xparse.sty @@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] -\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] +\@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/07/12} {} {% \PackageError{xparse}{Support package l3kernel too old} @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ }% \endinput } -\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: xparse.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental document command parser} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty index 38767bd6e67..c561c724439 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/l3packages/xtemplate/xtemplate.sty @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ %% %% ----------------------------------------------------------------------- %% -\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/03/12] +\RequirePackage{expl3}[2013/07/12] \@ifpackagelater{expl3}{2013/03/12} {} {% @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ }% \endinput } -\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 4467 2013-03-12 08:29:05Z joseph $ +\GetIdInfo$Id: xtemplate.dtx 4544 2013-07-12 07:14:52Z joseph $ {L3 Experimental prototype document functions} \ProvidesExplPackage {\ExplFileName}{\ExplFileDate}{\ExplFileVersion}{\ExplFileDescription} diff --git a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds index 5454220e443..c1b42d7cfb5 100755 --- a/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds +++ b/Master/tlpkg/libexec/ctan2tds @@ -4512,11 +4512,11 @@ sub MAKEpst { &dosource; &dotex; &dotype1; - killfiles($standardclean); + &killfiles ($standardclean); &killfiles ($moreclean{$package}, "more") if $moreclean{$package}; &SYSTEM("mkdir -p $DEST/tex/latex/$package"); &SYSTEM("mv $DEST/tex/generic/$package/*sty $DEST/tex/latex/$package"); - &SYSTEM("mv $DEST/doc/generic/$package/*cfg $DEST/tex/latex/$package") + &SYSTEM("mv $DEST/doc/generic/$package/*cfg $DEST/tex/latex/$package 2>/dev/null") unless $package eq "pst-pad"; # its showexpl.cfg is for the doc my $postaction = $posthook{$package}; |